Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 18554:60c46cd053db v8.1.2271
patch 8.1.2271: build error if FEAT_TAG_BINS is not defined
Commit: https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/398a59b6a51e86c23a5f61cb9a6d8a5771c95680
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Fri Nov 8 21:56:57 2019 +0100
patch 8.1.2271: build error if FEAT_TAG_BINS is not defined
Problem: Build error if FEAT_TAG_BINS is not defined. (John Marriott)
Solution: Add #ifdef.
author | Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 08 Nov 2019 22:00:05 +0100 |
parents | 506bf60a30a0 |
children | e1f4e9d78a6a |
rev | line source |
---|---|
10042
4aead6a9b7a9
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/edf3f97ae2af024708ebb4ac614227327033ca47
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9939
diff
changeset
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: |
7 | 2 * |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
9 * | |
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
13 */ | |
14 | |
15 /* | |
593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
7 | 19 */ |
20 | |
21 /* | |
22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
23 * | |
24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
28 * | |
29 */ | |
30 | |
1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
35 */ | |
7 | 36 |
37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
38 #include "vim.h" | |
39 | |
593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
7 | 43 |
4352 | 44 /* Compile as CodeWarrior External Editor */ |
7 | 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) |
46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
47 #endif | |
48 | |
9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
51 #define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode |
9 | 52 |
7 | 53 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
593 | 54 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
55 | |
766 | 56 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
57 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
1562 | 58 |
59 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
60 # if 0 |
1702 | 61 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
1562 | 62 static int im_start_row = 0; |
63 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
64 # endif |
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
65 |
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
66 # define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) |
1562 | 67 |
68 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
69 | |
70 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
168 | 71 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
1562 | 72 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
73 | |
74 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
75 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
76 | |
77 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
78 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
79 | |
80 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
81 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
82 | |
83 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
84 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
85 | |
168 | 86 #endif |
87 | |
7 | 88 |
89 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
90 #include <Menus.h> | |
91 #include <Resources.h> | |
92 #include <Processes.h> | |
93 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
94 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
95 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
96 #endif | |
97 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
98 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
99 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
100 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
101 #endif | |
102 | |
593 | 103 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
104 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
105 # if 0 | |
7 | 106 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
593 | 107 # include <MacHelp.h> |
108 # endif | |
7 | 109 |
110 /* | |
593 | 111 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
112 * headers? (Jussi) | |
7 | 113 */ |
114 #define kNothing 0 | |
115 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
116 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
117 #define kDestroy 3 | |
118 | |
119 /* | |
120 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
121 */ | |
122 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
123 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
124 | |
125 | |
126 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
127 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
128 | |
129 /* ??? */ | |
130 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
131 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
132 static Rect dragRect; | |
133 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
134 static short dragRectControl; | |
135 | |
136 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
137 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
138 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
139 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
140 */ | |
141 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
142 | |
143 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
144 static short clickIsPopup; | |
145 | |
146 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
147 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
148 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
149 | |
150 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
151 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
152 | |
1572 | 153 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
154 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
155 | |
13 | 156 static struct |
157 { | |
158 FMFontFamily family; | |
159 FMFontSize size; | |
160 FMFontStyle style; | |
161 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
162 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
593 | 163 |
766 | 164 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
168 | 165 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
1562 | 166 int p_macatsui_last; |
168 | 167 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
1562 | 168 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; |
168 | 169 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
170 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
168 | 171 #endif |
172 | |
7 | 173 /* Colors Macros */ |
174 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
175 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
176 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
177 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
178 | |
179 /* Key mapping */ | |
180 | |
181 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
182 | |
183 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
184 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
185 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
186 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
187 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
188 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
189 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
190 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
191 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
192 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
193 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
194 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
195 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
196 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
197 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
198 | |
199 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
200 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
201 | |
202 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
203 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
204 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
205 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
206 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
207 | |
208 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
209 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
210 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
211 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
212 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
213 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
214 | |
215 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
216 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
217 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
218 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
219 | |
220 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
221 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
222 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
223 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
224 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
225 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
226 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
227 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
228 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
229 | |
230 #define KeySym char | |
231 | |
232 static struct | |
233 { | |
234 KeySym key_sym; | |
235 char_u vim_code0; | |
236 char_u vim_code1; | |
237 } special_keys[] = | |
238 { | |
239 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
240 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
241 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
242 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
243 | |
244 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
245 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
246 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
247 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
248 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
249 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
250 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
251 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
252 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
253 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
254 | |
255 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
256 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
257 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
258 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
259 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
260 | |
261 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
262 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
263 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
12716
351cf7c67bbe
patch 8.0.1236: Mac features are confusing
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12515
diff
changeset
|
264 /* {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, */ |
7 | 265 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, |
266 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
267 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
268 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
269 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
270 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
271 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
272 | |
273 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
274 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
275 | |
276 /* End of list marker: */ | |
277 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
278 }; | |
279 | |
280 /* | |
281 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
282 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
283 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
284 */ | |
285 | |
286 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
9 | 287 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
7 | 288 #endif |
289 | |
1106 | 290 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
291 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
292 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
293 #endif | |
294 | |
1562 | 295 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
296 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
297 #endif | |
298 | |
7 | 299 /* |
300 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
301 * Conversion Utility | |
302 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
303 */ | |
304 | |
305 /* | |
306 * C2Pascal_save | |
307 * | |
308 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
309 * into a pascal string | |
310 * | |
311 */ | |
312 | |
593 | 313 char_u * |
314 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
7 | 315 { |
316 char_u *PascalString; | |
317 int len; | |
318 | |
319 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
320 return NULL; | |
321 | |
322 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
323 | |
324 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
325 len = 255; | |
326 | |
327 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
328 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
329 { | |
330 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
331 PascalString[0] = len; | |
332 } | |
333 | |
334 return PascalString; | |
335 } | |
336 | |
337 /* | |
338 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
339 * | |
340 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
341 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
342 * | |
343 */ | |
344 | |
593 | 345 char_u * |
346 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
7 | 347 { |
348 char_u *PascalString; | |
349 int len; | |
350 char_u *p, *c; | |
351 | |
352 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
353 | |
354 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
355 len = 255; | |
356 | |
357 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
358 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
359 { | |
360 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
361 { | |
362 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
363 c++; | |
364 *p = *c; | |
365 p++; | |
366 len++; | |
367 } | |
368 PascalString[0] = len; | |
369 } | |
370 | |
371 return PascalString; | |
372 } | |
373 | |
374 /* | |
375 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
376 */ | |
377 | |
378 int_u | |
379 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
380 { | |
381 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
382 | |
383 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
384 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
385 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
386 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
387 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
388 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
389 #if 0 | |
390 /* Not yet supported */ | |
391 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
392 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
393 #endif | |
394 return (vimModifiers); | |
395 } | |
396 | |
397 /* | |
398 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
399 */ | |
400 | |
401 static int_u | |
402 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
403 { | |
404 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
405 | |
406 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
407 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
408 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
409 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
410 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
411 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
412 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
413 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
414 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
415 #endif | |
416 return (vimModifiers); | |
417 } | |
418 | |
419 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
420 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
421 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
422 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
423 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
424 * | |
425 * From gui_w48.c | |
426 */ | |
427 static int | |
428 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
429 { | |
430 int pixels; | |
431 int points = 0; | |
432 int divisor = 0; | |
433 | |
434 while (*str) | |
435 { | |
436 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
437 { | |
438 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
439 divisor = 1; | |
440 continue; | |
441 } | |
442 | |
443 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
444 break; | |
445 | |
446 points *= 10; | |
447 points += *str - '0'; | |
448 divisor *= 10; | |
449 | |
450 ++str; | |
451 } | |
452 | |
453 if (divisor == 0) | |
454 divisor = 1; | |
455 | |
456 pixels = points/divisor; | |
457 *end = str; | |
458 return pixels; | |
459 } | |
460 | |
766 | 461 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
168 | 462 /* |
463 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
464 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
465 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
466 */ | |
467 static CFStringRef | |
593 | 468 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
168 | 469 { |
470 CFStringRef name; | |
471 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
472 CFIndex displayLen; | |
473 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
474 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
475 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
476 | |
477 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
1621 | 478 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
168 | 479 |
480 if (name) | |
481 { | |
482 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
483 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
484 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
485 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
486 | |
487 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
488 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
489 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
490 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
491 { | |
492 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
493 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
494 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
495 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
496 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
497 { | |
498 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
499 if (cleanedName) | |
500 { | |
501 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
502 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
503 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
504 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
505 | |
506 CFRelease(name); | |
507 name = cleanedName; | |
508 } | |
509 } | |
510 } | |
511 } | |
512 | |
513 return name; | |
514 } | |
515 #endif | |
516 | |
7 | 517 /* |
518 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
519 * character strings. | |
520 */ | |
521 | |
593 | 522 char_u ** |
523 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
7 | 524 { |
525 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
526 OSErr newError; | |
527 long fileCount; | |
528 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
529 long actualSize; | |
530 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
531 DescType dummyType; | |
532 | |
533 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
534 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
535 if (*error) | |
1107 | 536 return fnames; |
7 | 537 |
538 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
539 fnames = ALLOC_MULT(char_u *, *numFiles); |
7 | 540 |
541 /* Empty out the list */ | |
542 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
543 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
544 | |
545 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
546 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
547 { | |
548 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
549 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
550 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
551 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
552 if (newError) | |
553 { | |
554 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
555 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
1107 | 556 return fnames; |
7 | 557 } |
558 | |
559 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
9 | 560 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
7 | 561 } |
562 | |
563 return (fnames); | |
564 } | |
565 | |
566 /* | |
567 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
568 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
569 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
570 */ | |
571 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
572 | |
573 /* | |
574 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
575 * | |
576 * Description | |
577 * ----------- | |
578 * | |
579 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
580 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
581 * | |
582 * Event Reply | |
583 * ----------- | |
584 * | |
585 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
586 * | |
587 * Remarks | |
588 * ------- | |
589 * | |
590 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
591 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
592 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
9 | 593 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
7 | 594 * |
595 */ | |
596 | |
597 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
598 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
599 { | |
600 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
601 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
602 }; | |
603 | |
9 | 604 pascal OSErr |
593 | 605 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
606 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
607 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
608 long refCon) | |
7 | 609 { |
610 OSErr error = noErr; | |
611 buf_T *buf; | |
612 int foundFile = false; | |
613 DescType typeCode; | |
614 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
615 Size actualSize; | |
616 | |
617 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
618 if (error) | |
1107 | 619 return error; |
7 | 620 |
9 | 621 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
7 | 622 if (error) |
1107 | 623 return error; |
7 | 624 |
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
625 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
7 | 626 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL |
627 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
628 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
629 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
630 { | |
631 foundFile = true; | |
632 break; | |
633 } | |
634 | |
635 if (foundFile == false) | |
636 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
637 else | |
638 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
639 | |
640 return error; | |
641 }; | |
642 | |
643 /* | |
644 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
645 * | |
646 * Description | |
647 * ----------- | |
648 * | |
649 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
650 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
651 * | |
652 * Parameters None. | |
653 * ---------- | |
654 * | |
655 * Event Reply | |
656 * ----------- | |
657 * The reply for this event is: | |
658 * | |
659 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
660 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
661 * | |
662 * Remarks | |
663 * ------- | |
664 * | |
665 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
666 * each open file that has been modified. | |
667 * | |
668 */ | |
669 | |
670 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
671 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
672 { | |
673 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
674 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
675 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
676 }; | |
677 | |
9 | 678 pascal OSErr |
593 | 679 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
680 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
681 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
682 long refCon) | |
7 | 683 { |
684 OSErr error = noErr; | |
685 AEDescList replyList; | |
686 long numFiles; | |
687 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
688 buf_T *buf; | |
689 | |
690 theFile.saved = 0; | |
691 | |
9 | 692 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
7 | 693 if (error) |
1107 | 694 return error; |
7 | 695 |
696 /* Send the reply */ | |
697 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
698 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
699 | |
700 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
701 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
702 if (error) | |
1107 | 703 return error; |
7 | 704 |
705 #if 0 | |
706 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
9 | 707 |
708 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
709 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
7 | 710 * sizeof(DescType)) |
711 */ | |
712 | |
713 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
714 #endif | |
715 | |
716 numFiles = 0; | |
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
717 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
7 | 718 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
719 { | |
720 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
721 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
722 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
9 | 723 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
724 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
7 | 725 }; |
726 | |
727 #if 0 | |
728 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
729 #endif | |
730 | |
731 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
9 | 732 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
7 | 733 |
734 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
735 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
736 | |
737 return error; | |
738 }; | |
739 | |
740 /* | |
741 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
742 * | |
743 * Description | |
744 * ----------- | |
745 * | |
746 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
747 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
748 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
749 * the source code contained in the file. | |
750 * | |
751 * Event Reply | |
752 * ----------- | |
753 * | |
754 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
755 * | |
756 * Remarks | |
757 * ------- | |
758 * | |
759 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
760 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
761 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
762 * theText. | |
763 * | |
764 */ | |
765 | |
766 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
767 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
768 { | |
769 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
770 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
771 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
772 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
773 }; | |
774 | |
9 | 775 pascal OSErr |
593 | 776 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
777 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
778 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
779 long refCon) | |
7 | 780 { |
781 OSErr error = noErr; | |
782 buf_T *buf; | |
783 int foundFile = false; | |
784 DescType typeCode; | |
785 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
786 Size actualSize; | |
787 char_u *line; | |
788 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
789 long linesize; | |
790 long lineStart; | |
791 long BufferSize; | |
792 long lineno; | |
793 | |
794 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
795 | |
796 if (error) | |
1107 | 797 return error; |
7 | 798 |
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
799 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
7 | 800 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
801 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
802 { | |
803 foundFile = true; | |
804 break; | |
805 } | |
806 | |
807 if (foundFile) | |
808 { | |
9 | 809 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
7 | 810 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
811 { | |
812 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
813 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
814 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
815 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
816 BufferSize += linesize; | |
817 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
9 | 818 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
819 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
7 | 820 { |
821 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
822 } | |
823 else | |
824 { | |
9 | 825 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
7 | 826 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
9 | 827 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
7 | 828 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
9 | 829 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
7 | 830 } |
831 } | |
832 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
833 { | |
9 | 834 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
7 | 835 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
9 | 836 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
7 | 837 } |
838 if (foundFile == false) | |
839 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
840 else | |
9 | 841 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
7 | 842 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
843 } | |
9 | 844 |
845 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
1107 | 846 |
847 return error; | |
7 | 848 } |
849 | |
850 /* | |
851 * | |
852 */ | |
853 | |
854 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
593 | 855 pascal OSErr |
856 FindProcessBySignature( | |
857 const OSType targetType, | |
858 const OSType targetCreator, | |
859 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
7 | 860 { |
861 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
862 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
863 | |
864 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
865 | |
9 | 866 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
7 | 867 infoRec.processName = nil; |
868 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
869 | |
870 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
871 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
872 | |
9 | 873 while (lookingForProcess) |
7 | 874 { |
9 | 875 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
876 if (anErr != noErr) | |
7 | 877 lookingForProcess = false; |
878 else | |
879 { | |
9 | 880 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
881 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
882 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
883 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
7 | 884 lookingForProcess = false; |
885 } | |
886 } | |
887 | |
888 return anErr; | |
889 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
890 | |
9 | 891 void |
892 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
7 | 893 { |
9 | 894 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
895 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
7 | 896 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
897 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
898 AESendMode sendMode; | |
899 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
900 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
901 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
902 | |
903 | |
9 | 904 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
905 if (anErr == noErr) | |
7 | 906 { |
9 | 907 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
908 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
909 | |
910 if (anErr == noErr) | |
7 | 911 { |
912 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
913 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
914 } | |
915 | |
9 | 916 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
7 | 917 |
918 /* Add the parms */ | |
919 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
920 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
921 | |
922 if (anErr == noErr) | |
9 | 923 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
924 | |
925 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
7 | 926 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
927 else | |
928 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
929 | |
9 | 930 if (anErr == noErr) |
931 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
932 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
7 | 933 { |
9 | 934 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
7 | 935 } |
9 | 936 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
7 | 937 } |
938 } | |
939 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
940 | |
941 /* | |
942 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
943 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
944 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
945 */ | |
946 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
947 | |
948 /* | |
949 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
950 */ | |
951 | |
9 | 952 OSErr |
953 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
7 | 954 { |
955 OSErr error; | |
956 long actualSize; | |
957 DescType dummyType; | |
958 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
959 | |
960 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
961 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
962 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
963 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
964 &actualSize); | |
965 | |
966 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
967 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
968 { | |
969 error = noErr; | |
970 } | |
971 else | |
972 { | |
973 #if 0 | |
974 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
975 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
976 #endif | |
977 } | |
978 | |
979 return error; | |
980 } | |
981 | |
982 | |
983 /* | |
984 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
985 * | |
986 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
987 * | |
988 */ | |
989 | |
990 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
991 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
992 { | |
993 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
994 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
995 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
996 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
997 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
998 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
999 }; | |
1000 | |
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1001 static long drop_numFiles; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1002 static short drop_gotPosition; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1003 static SelectionRange drop_thePosition; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1005 static void |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1006 drop_callback(void *cookie UNUSED) |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1007 { |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1008 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1009 if ((drop_numFiles == 1) & (drop_gotPosition)) |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1010 { |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1011 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum >= 0) |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1012 { |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1013 lnum = drop_thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1014 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1015 setpcmark();*/ |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1016 if (lnum < 1L) |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1017 lnum = 1L; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1018 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1019 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1020 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1021 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1022 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1023 } |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1024 else |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1025 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.startRange + 1); |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1026 } |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1027 |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1028 /* Update the screen display */ |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1029 update_screen(NOT_VALID); |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1031 /* Select the text if possible */ |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1032 if (drop_gotPosition) |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1033 { |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1034 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1035 VIsual_select = FALSE; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1036 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1037 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum < 0) |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1038 { |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1039 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1040 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.endRange); |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1041 } |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1042 else |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1043 { |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1044 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1045 VIsual.col = 0; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1046 } |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1047 } |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1048 } |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1049 |
7 | 1050 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- |
1051 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
1052 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
1053 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
1054 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
1055 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
1056 */ | |
1057 | |
9 | 1058 pascal OSErr |
1059 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
7 | 1060 { |
1061 /* | |
1062 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
1063 * a ":args" | |
1064 */ | |
1065 OSErr error = noErr; | |
1066 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
1067 // short numErrors = 0; | |
1068 AEDesc theList; | |
1069 DescType typeCode; | |
1070 long numFiles; | |
1071 // long fileCount; | |
1072 char_u **fnames; | |
1073 // char_u fname[256]; | |
1074 Size actualSize; | |
1075 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
1076 short gotPosition = false; | |
1077 long lnum; | |
1078 | |
1079 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
1080 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
1081 if (error) | |
1107 | 1082 return error; |
7 | 1083 |
1084 | |
1085 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
1086 if (error == noErr) | |
1087 gotPosition = true; | |
1088 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
1089 error = noErr; | |
1090 if (error) | |
1107 | 1091 return error; |
7 | 1092 |
1093 /* | |
1094 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
1095 | |
1096 if (^error) then | |
1097 { | |
1098 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
1099 { | |
1100 // Goto this line | |
1101 } | |
1102 else | |
1103 { | |
1104 // Set the range char wise | |
1105 } | |
1106 } | |
1107 */ | |
1108 | |
1109 reset_VIsual(); | |
1110 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
1111 | |
1112 if (error) | |
1113 { | |
1114 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
1115 vim_free(fnames); | |
1116 return (error); | |
1117 } | |
1118 | |
1119 if (starting > 0) | |
1120 { | |
1121 int i; | |
1122 char_u *p; | |
1409 | 1123 int fnum = -1; |
7 | 1124 |
1125 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
1126 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
1127 { | |
1128 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
1129 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
1130 mch_exit(2); | |
1131 else | |
1132 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
1409 | 1133 if (fnum == -1) |
1134 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
1135 } | |
1136 | |
1137 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
1138 * to it. */ | |
1139 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
1140 { | |
1141 char_u cmd[30]; | |
1142 | |
1143 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
1144 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
7 | 1145 } |
816 | 1146 |
1147 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
13170
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1148 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 |
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1149 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]), "drop") == OK) |
816 | 1150 shorten_fnames(TRUE); |
1151 | |
7 | 1152 goto finished; |
1153 } | |
1154 | |
1155 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1156 drop_numFiles = numFiles; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1157 drop_gotPosition = gotPosition; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1158 drop_thePosition = thePosition; |
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1159 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE, drop_callback, NULL); |
5735 | 1160 |
7 | 1161 setcursor(); |
1162 out_flush(); | |
1163 | |
37 | 1164 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
1165 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
1166 | |
1107 | 1167 finished: |
7 | 1168 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
1169 | |
9 | 1170 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
1107 | 1171 return error; |
7 | 1172 } |
1173 | |
1174 /* | |
1175 * | |
1176 */ | |
1177 | |
9 | 1178 pascal OSErr |
593 | 1179 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
1180 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
1181 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
1182 long refCon) | |
7 | 1183 { |
1184 OSErr error = noErr; | |
1185 | |
9 | 1186 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
1107 | 1187 return error; |
7 | 1188 } |
1189 | |
1190 /* | |
1191 * | |
1192 */ | |
1193 | |
9 | 1194 pascal OSErr |
593 | 1195 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
1196 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
1197 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
1198 long refCon) | |
7 | 1199 { |
1200 OSErr error = noErr; | |
1201 | |
9 | 1202 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
7 | 1203 if (error) |
1107 | 1204 return error; |
7 | 1205 |
1206 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
1207 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
1208 | |
1107 | 1209 return error; |
7 | 1210 } |
1211 | |
1212 /* | |
1213 * | |
1214 */ | |
1215 | |
9 | 1216 pascal OSErr |
593 | 1217 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
1218 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
1219 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
1220 long refCon) | |
7 | 1221 { |
1222 OSErr error = noErr; | |
1223 | |
9 | 1224 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
1107 | 1225 |
1226 return error; | |
7 | 1227 } |
1228 | |
1229 /* | |
1230 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
1231 * | |
1232 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
1233 */ | |
9 | 1234 pascal OSErr |
593 | 1235 Handle_unknown_AE( |
1236 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
1237 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
1238 long refCon) | |
7 | 1239 { |
1240 OSErr error = noErr; | |
1241 | |
9 | 1242 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
1107 | 1243 |
1244 return error; | |
7 | 1245 } |
1246 | |
1247 | |
1248 /* | |
1249 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
1250 */ | |
9 | 1251 OSErr |
1252 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
7 | 1253 { |
1254 OSErr error; | |
1255 | |
1256 /* install open application handler */ | |
1257 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
593 | 1258 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
7 | 1259 if (error) |
1260 return error; | |
1261 | |
1262 /* install quit application handler */ | |
1263 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
593 | 1264 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
7 | 1265 if (error) |
1266 return error; | |
1267 | |
1268 /* install open document handler */ | |
1269 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
593 | 1270 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
7 | 1271 if (error) |
1272 return error; | |
1273 | |
1274 /* install print document handler */ | |
1275 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
593 | 1276 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
7 | 1277 |
1278 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
1279 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
593 | 1280 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1281 |
1282 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
593 | 1283 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1284 |
1285 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
593 | 1286 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1287 |
1288 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
593 | 1289 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1290 |
1291 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
593 | 1292 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1293 |
1294 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
593 | 1295 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1296 |
1297 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
593 | 1298 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
7 | 1299 |
1300 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
593 | 1301 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
7 | 1302 |
1303 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
593 | 1304 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1305 |
1306 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
593 | 1307 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1308 |
1309 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
593 | 1310 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1311 |
1312 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
593 | 1313 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1314 |
1315 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
593 | 1316 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
7 | 1317 */ |
1318 | |
1319 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
1320 /* | |
1321 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
1322 */ | |
1323 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
593 | 1324 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
7 | 1325 if (error) |
1326 return error; | |
1327 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
593 | 1328 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
7 | 1329 if (error) |
1330 return error; | |
1331 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
593 | 1332 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
7 | 1333 #endif |
1334 | |
1335 return error; | |
1336 | |
1337 } | |
1338 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
1339 | |
13 | 1340 |
1341 /* | |
1342 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
1343 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
1344 */ | |
1345 static OSStatus | |
593 | 1346 FontPanelHandler( |
1347 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
1348 EventRef inEvent, | |
1349 void *inUserData) | |
13 | 1350 { |
1351 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
1352 { | |
1353 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
1354 return noErr; | |
1355 } | |
1356 | |
1357 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
1358 { | |
1359 OSStatus status; | |
1360 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
1361 FMFontSize newSize; | |
1362 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
1363 | |
1364 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
1365 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
1366 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
1367 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
1368 &newFamily); | |
1369 if (status == noErr) | |
1370 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
1371 | |
1372 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
1373 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
1374 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
1375 if (status == noErr) | |
1376 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
1377 | |
1378 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
1379 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
1380 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
1381 if (status == noErr) | |
1382 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
1383 } | |
1384 return noErr; | |
1385 } | |
1386 | |
1387 | |
1388 static void | |
593 | 1389 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
13 | 1390 { |
1391 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
1392 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
1393 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
1394 | |
1395 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
1396 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
1397 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
1398 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
1399 | |
1400 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
1401 | |
1402 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
1403 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
1404 } | |
1405 | |
1406 | |
1407 /* | |
1408 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
1409 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
1410 */ | |
168 | 1411 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
13 | 1412 static void |
501 | 1413 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
13 | 1414 { |
168 | 1415 Str255 buf; |
1416 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
1417 ATSUFontID fid; | |
1418 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
13 | 1419 |
1420 if (!outName) | |
1421 return; | |
1422 | |
168 | 1423 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
1424 { | |
1425 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
1426 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
1427 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
1428 return; | |
1429 | |
1430 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
1431 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
1432 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
1433 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
501 | 1434 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
168 | 1435 return; |
1436 | |
1437 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
1438 * already part of the font full name */ | |
501 | 1439 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
168 | 1440 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
1441 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
1442 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
1443 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
1444 | |
1445 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
1446 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
1447 } | |
1448 else | |
1449 { | |
501 | 1450 *outName = NUL; |
168 | 1451 } |
13 | 1452 } |
1453 | |
1454 | |
7 | 1455 /* |
1456 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1457 * Unfiled yet | |
1458 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1459 */ | |
1460 | |
1461 /* | |
1462 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
1463 * | |
4352 | 1464 * Returns the index inside the menu where |
7 | 1465 */ |
2585 | 1466 short /* Should we return MenuItemIndex? */ |
593 | 1467 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
7 | 1468 { |
1469 short index; | |
1470 short itemIndex = -1; | |
1471 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
1472 | |
1473 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
1474 * -menu in the menubar | |
1475 * -popup menu | |
1476 * -toolbar (guess) | |
1477 * | |
1478 * Which are not items anyway. | |
1479 */ | |
1480 if (pMenu->parent) | |
1481 { | |
1482 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
1483 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
1484 index = 1; | |
1485 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
1486 { | |
1487 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
1488 itemIndex = index; | |
1489 index++; | |
1490 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
1491 } | |
1492 } | |
1493 return itemIndex; | |
1494 } | |
1495 | |
1496 static vimmenu_T * | |
593 | 1497 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
7 | 1498 { |
1499 short index; | |
1500 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
1501 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
1502 | |
1503 | |
1504 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
1505 * -menu in the menubar | |
1506 * -popup menu | |
1507 * -toolbar (guess) | |
1508 * | |
1509 * Which are not items anyway. | |
1510 */ | |
1511 | |
1512 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
1513 { | |
1514 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
1515 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
1516 } | |
1517 else | |
1518 { | |
1519 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
1520 { | |
1521 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
1522 { | |
1523 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
1524 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
1525 if (pChildMenu) | |
1526 { | |
1527 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
1528 break; | |
1529 } | |
1530 } | |
1531 } | |
1532 } | |
1533 return pMenu; | |
1534 } | |
1535 | |
1536 /* | |
1537 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1538 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
1539 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1540 */ | |
1541 pascal | |
1542 void | |
9 | 1543 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
7 | 1544 { |
1545 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
1546 int value, dragging; | |
1547 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
1548 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
1549 | |
1550 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
1551 | |
9 | 1552 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
7 | 1553 |
1554 if (sb == NULL) | |
1555 return; | |
1556 | |
1557 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
9 | 1558 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
7 | 1559 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
1560 | |
1561 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
1562 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
1563 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
1564 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
1565 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
1566 } | |
1567 | |
1568 pascal | |
1569 void | |
9 | 1570 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
7 | 1571 { |
1572 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
1573 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
1574 long data; | |
1575 long value; | |
1576 int page; | |
1577 int dragging = FALSE; | |
1578 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
1579 | |
9 | 1580 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
7 | 1581 |
1582 if (sb == NULL) | |
1583 return; | |
1584 | |
1585 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
1586 { | |
1587 /* | |
1588 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
1589 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
1590 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
1591 */ | |
1592 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
1593 | |
1594 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
1595 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
1596 else | |
1597 page = sb_info->size; | |
1598 } | |
1599 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
1600 { | |
1601 sb_info = sb; | |
12515
972ea22c946f
patch 8.0.1136: W_WIDTH() is always the same
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12317
diff
changeset
|
1602 page = curwin->w_width - 5; |
7 | 1603 } |
1604 | |
1605 switch (partCode) | |
1606 { | |
1607 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
1608 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
1609 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
1610 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
1611 default: data = 0; break; | |
1612 } | |
1613 | |
1614 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
1615 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
1616 value = sb_info->max; | |
1617 else if (value < 0) | |
1618 value = 0;*/ | |
1619 | |
1620 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
1621 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
1622 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
1623 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
1624 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
1625 | |
1626 out_flush(); | |
1627 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
1628 | |
1629 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
1630 { | |
1631 win_T *wp; | |
1632 int sb_num; | |
1633 | |
1634 sb_num = 0; | |
1635 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
1636 sb_num++; | |
1637 | |
1638 if (wp != NULL) | |
1639 { | |
1640 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
1641 scrollbar_value = value; | |
1642 gui_do_scroll(); | |
1643 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
1644 } | |
1645 }*/ | |
1646 } | |
1647 | |
1648 /* | |
1649 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1650 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
1651 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1652 */ | |
1653 | |
1654 | |
1655 /* | |
1656 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
1657 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
1658 * | |
1659 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
1660 */ | |
1661 void | |
593 | 1662 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
7 | 1663 { |
1664 Point thePoint; | |
1665 int_u vimModifiers; | |
1666 short thePortion; | |
1667 ControlHandle theControl; | |
1668 int vimMouseButton; | |
1669 short dblClick; | |
1670 | |
1671 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
9 | 1672 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
1673 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
1674 | |
1675 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
7 | 1676 |
1677 if (theControl != NUL) | |
1678 { | |
4352 | 1679 /* We hit a scrollbar */ |
7 | 1680 |
1681 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
1682 { | |
1683 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
1684 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
1685 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
1686 } | |
1687 else | |
1688 { | |
1689 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
1690 #if 1 | |
1691 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
1692 #else | |
1693 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
1694 #endif | |
1695 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
1696 * button has been released */ | |
9 | 1697 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
7 | 1698 dragged_sb = NULL; |
1699 } | |
1700 } | |
1701 else | |
1702 { | |
1703 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
1704 | |
1705 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
1706 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
1707 | |
1708 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
1709 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
1710 | |
1711 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
593 | 1712 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
7 | 1713 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
1714 | |
1292 | 1715 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
1716 { | |
1717 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
1718 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
1719 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
1720 } | |
7 | 1721 |
1722 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
1723 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
1724 | |
593 | 1725 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
7 | 1726 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
1727 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
1728 | |
1729 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
1730 * the mouse dragging | |
1731 */ | |
1732 #if 0 | |
1733 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
1734 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
1735 */ | |
1736 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
1737 #endif | |
1738 { | |
9 | 1739 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
7 | 1740 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
1741 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
1742 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
1743 | |
1744 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
1745 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
1746 } | |
1747 } | |
1748 } | |
1749 | |
1750 /* | |
1751 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
1752 */ | |
1753 void | |
593 | 1754 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
7 | 1755 { |
1756 Rect movingLimits; | |
1757 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
1758 | |
1759 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
9 | 1760 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
1761 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
7 | 1762 } |
1763 | |
1764 /* | |
1765 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
1766 */ | |
1767 void | |
593 | 1768 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
7 | 1769 { |
1770 | |
1771 long newSize; | |
1772 unsigned short newWidth; | |
1773 unsigned short newHeight; | |
1774 Rect resizeLimits; | |
1775 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
1776 Rect NewContentRect; | |
1777 | |
9 | 1778 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
7 | 1779 |
1212 | 1780 /* Set the minimum size */ |
7 | 1781 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
1782 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
1783 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
1784 | |
1785 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
1786 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
1787 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
1788 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
1789 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
812 | 1790 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
7 | 1791 } |
1792 | |
1793 /* | |
1794 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
1795 */ | |
1796 static void | |
593 | 1797 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
7 | 1798 { |
1799 Rect r; | |
1800 Point p; | |
1801 short thePart; | |
1802 | |
1803 /* ideal width is current */ | |
1804 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
1805 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
1806 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
1807 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
1808 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
2585 | 1809 /* ideal height is as high as we can get */ |
7 | 1810 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
1811 | |
1812 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
1813 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
1814 | |
1815 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
1816 return; | |
1817 | |
1818 /* use returned width */ | |
1819 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
1820 /* adjust returned height */ | |
1821 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
1822 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
1823 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
1824 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
1825 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
2869 | 1826 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
7 | 1827 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
1828 | |
1829 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
1830 | |
1831 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
1832 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
1833 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
812 | 1834 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
7 | 1835 } |
1836 | |
1837 /* | |
1838 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1839 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
1840 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1841 */ | |
1842 | |
1843 /* | |
1844 * Handle the Update Event | |
1845 */ | |
1846 | |
1847 void | |
593 | 1848 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
7 | 1849 { |
1850 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
1851 GrafPtr savePort; | |
1852 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
1853 Rect updateRect; | |
1854 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
1855 Rect rc; | |
1856 Rect growRect; | |
1857 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
1858 | |
1859 | |
1860 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
1861 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
1862 return; | |
1863 | |
1864 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
1865 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
1866 */ | |
1867 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
1868 | |
1869 /* Save Current Port */ | |
9 | 1870 GetPort(&savePort); |
7 | 1871 |
1872 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
9 | 1873 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
7 | 1874 |
1875 /* Let's update the window */ | |
9 | 1876 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
7 | 1877 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
1878 * to be updated. | |
1879 */ | |
1880 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
1881 # if 0 | |
1212 | 1882 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
7 | 1883 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
1884 */ | |
1885 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
1886 # endif | |
593 | 1887 |
7 | 1888 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
9 | 1889 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
593 | 1890 |
9 | 1891 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
7 | 1892 # if 0 |
1893 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
1894 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
1895 */ | |
1896 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
1897 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
1898 # endif | |
1899 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
1900 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
1901 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
1902 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
1903 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
1904 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
1905 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
1906 { | |
9 | 1907 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
1908 EraseRect(&rc); | |
7 | 1909 } |
1910 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
1911 { | |
9 | 1912 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
1913 EraseRect(&rc); | |
7 | 1914 } |
1915 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
1916 { | |
9 | 1917 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
7 | 1918 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
9 | 1919 EraseRect(&rc); |
7 | 1920 } |
1921 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
1922 { | |
9 | 1923 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
7 | 1924 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
9 | 1925 EraseRect(&rc); |
7 | 1926 } |
9 | 1927 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
1928 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
7 | 1929 |
1930 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
9 | 1931 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
7 | 1932 |
1933 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
1934 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
1935 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
1936 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
9 | 1937 GetClip(saveRgn); |
1938 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
1939 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
1940 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
1941 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
1942 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
7 | 1943 |
1944 /* Restore original Port */ | |
9 | 1945 SetPort(savePort); |
7 | 1946 } |
1947 | |
1948 /* | |
1949 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
1950 * (apply to a window) | |
1951 */ | |
1952 void | |
593 | 1953 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
7 | 1954 { |
1955 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
1956 | |
1957 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
1292 | 1958 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
1959 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
7 | 1960 { |
1562 | 1961 ControlRef rootControl; |
1962 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
1963 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
1964 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
1965 else | |
1966 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
7 | 1967 } |
1292 | 1968 |
1969 /* Activate */ | |
1970 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
7 | 1971 } |
1972 | |
1973 | |
1974 /* | |
1975 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
1976 * (apply to the application) | |
1977 */ | |
1978 void | |
593 | 1979 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
7 | 1980 { |
1981 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
1982 | |
1983 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
1984 * seen on MacOS X | |
1985 */ | |
1986 | |
1987 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
1212 | 1988 * get an activate/deactivate event |
7 | 1989 */ |
1990 if (event->message & 1) | |
1991 /* Resume */ | |
1992 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
1993 else | |
1994 /* Suspend */ | |
1995 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
1996 } | |
1997 | |
1998 /* | |
1999 * Handle the key | |
2000 */ | |
168 | 2001 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
1562 | 2002 static pascal OSStatus |
2003 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
2004 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
2005 EventRef theEvent, | |
2006 void *data) | |
2007 { | |
2008 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
2009 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
2010 | |
2011 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
2012 { | |
2013 switch (eventKind) | |
2014 { | |
2015 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
2016 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); | |
2017 return noErr; | |
2018 | |
2019 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
2020 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); | |
2021 return noErr; | |
2022 } | |
2023 } | |
2024 | |
2025 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
2026 } | |
2027 | |
2028 static pascal OSStatus | |
2029 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
2030 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
2031 EventRef theEvent, | |
2032 void *data) | |
2033 { | |
2034 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
2035 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
2036 | |
2037 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
2038 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
2039 | |
2040 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
2041 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
2042 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
2043 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
2044 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
2045 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
2046 | |
2047 switch (eventKind) | |
2048 { | |
2049 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
2050 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
2051 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
2052 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
2053 | |
2054 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
2055 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
2056 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
2057 break; | |
2058 } | |
2059 | |
2060 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
2061 } | |
2062 | |
2063 static pascal | |
2064 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
2065 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
2066 EventRef theEvent) | |
2067 { | |
2068 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
2069 } | |
2070 | |
2071 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
2072 keys */ | |
857 | 2073 |
168 | 2074 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
2075 static pascal OSStatus | |
1562 | 2076 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
593 | 2077 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
1562 | 2078 EventRef theEvent) |
168 | 2079 { |
2080 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
1012 | 2081 OSStatus err = -1; |
168 | 2082 UInt32 actualSize; |
2083 UniChar *text; | |
2084 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
2085 short len = 0; | |
2086 UInt32 key_sym; | |
2087 char charcode; | |
2088 int key_char; | |
1012 | 2089 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
168 | 2090 size_t encLen; |
2091 char_u *to = NULL; | |
2092 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
2093 int i; | |
1562 | 2094 EventRef keyEvent; |
168 | 2095 |
2096 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
2097 if (p_mh) | |
2098 ObscureCursor(); | |
2099 | |
1012 | 2100 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
2101 if (dialog_busy) | |
1562 | 2102 return eventNotHandledErr; |
1012 | 2103 |
2104 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
1562 | 2105 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
2106 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
1012 | 2107 |
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
2108 text = alloc(actualSize); |
1012 | 2109 if (!text) |
1562 | 2110 return eventNotHandledErr; |
1012 | 2111 |
2112 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
1562 | 2113 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
1012 | 2114 require_noerr(err, done); |
2115 | |
2116 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
1562 | 2117 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
1012 | 2118 require_noerr(err, done); |
2119 | |
2120 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
1562 | 2121 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
1012 | 2122 require_noerr(err, done); |
2123 | |
2124 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
1562 | 2125 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
1012 | 2126 require_noerr(err, done); |
2127 | |
2128 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
1562 | 2129 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
1012 | 2130 require_noerr(err, done); |
2131 | |
168 | 2132 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
1012 | 2133 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
1562 | 2134 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
168 | 2135 #endif |
1012 | 2136 |
2137 key_char = charcode; | |
2138 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
2139 | |
2140 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
2141 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
1562 | 2142 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
2143 { | |
2144 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
2145 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
2146 { | |
2147 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
2148 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
2149 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
2150 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
2151 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
2152 break; | |
2153 } | |
168 | 2154 } |
1012 | 2155 |
2156 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
2157 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
1562 | 2158 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
2159 got_int = TRUE; | |
1012 | 2160 |
2161 if (!isSpecial) | |
2162 { | |
1562 | 2163 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
2164 * '(' and '*' */ | |
2165 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
2166 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
2167 | |
2168 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
2169 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
2170 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
2171 | |
2172 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
2173 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
2174 { | |
2175 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
2176 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
2177 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
2178 | |
2179 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
18301
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
2180 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers, |
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
2181 TRUE, NULL); |
1562 | 2182 if (key_char == CSI) |
2183 key_char = K_CSI; | |
2184 | |
2185 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
2186 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
2187 } | |
1012 | 2188 } |
2189 | |
2190 if (vimModifiers) | |
2191 { | |
1562 | 2192 result[len++] = CSI; |
2193 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
2194 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
1012 | 2195 } |
2196 | |
2197 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
2198 { | |
1562 | 2199 result[len++] = CSI; |
2200 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
2201 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
1012 | 2202 } |
2203 else | |
2204 { | |
1562 | 2205 encLen = actualSize; |
2206 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
2207 if (to) | |
2208 { | |
2209 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
2210 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
2211 { | |
2212 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
2213 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
2214 { | |
2215 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
2216 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
2217 } | |
2218 } | |
2219 vim_free(to); | |
2220 } | |
1012 | 2221 } |
2222 | |
2223 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
2224 err = noErr; | |
2225 | |
2226 done: | |
2227 vim_free(text); | |
2228 if (err == noErr) | |
2229 { | |
1562 | 2230 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
2231 * key repeat working */ | |
2232 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
2233 return noErr; | |
1012 | 2234 } |
2235 | |
2236 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
168 | 2237 } |
2238 #else | |
7 | 2239 void |
2240 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
2241 { | |
2242 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
2243 long menu; | |
2244 unsigned char string[20]; | |
2245 short num, i; | |
2246 short len = 0; | |
2247 KeySym key_sym; | |
2248 int key_char; | |
2249 int modifiers; | |
26 | 2250 int simplify = FALSE; |
7 | 2251 |
2252 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
2253 if (p_mh) | |
2254 ObscureCursor(); | |
2255 | |
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2256 /* Get the key code and its ASCII representation */ |
7 | 2257 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); |
2258 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
2259 num = 1; | |
2260 | |
2261 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
2262 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
9 | 2263 { |
7 | 2264 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
2265 got_int = TRUE; | |
9 | 2266 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
2267 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
2268 { | |
2269 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
2270 if (key_char == '2') | |
2271 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
2272 else | |
2273 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
2274 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
2275 } | |
2276 } | |
7 | 2277 |
2278 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
2279 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
2280 if (key_char == '.') | |
2281 got_int = TRUE; | |
2282 | |
2283 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
2284 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
2285 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
2286 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
2287 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
2288 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
2289 { | |
2290 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
2291 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
2292 { | |
2293 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
2294 return; | |
2295 } | |
2296 } | |
2297 | |
2298 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
2299 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
2300 | |
2301 | |
2302 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
2303 #if 0 | |
26 | 2304 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
7 | 2305 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
2306 #endif | |
2307 { | |
2308 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
2309 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
2310 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
2311 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
2312 { | |
2313 # if 0 | |
2314 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
2315 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
2316 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
2317 else | |
2318 # endif | |
9 | 2319 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
2320 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
26 | 2321 simplify = TRUE; |
7 | 2322 break; |
2323 } | |
2324 } | |
2325 | |
26 | 2326 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
2327 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
2328 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
7 | 2329 |
2330 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
2331 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
2332 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
2333 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
2334 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
2335 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
2336 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
2337 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
2338 { | |
2339 #if 1 | |
2340 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
9 | 2341 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
2342 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
2343 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
7 | 2344 modifiers = 0; |
2345 #else | |
9 | 2346 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
7 | 2347 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
9 | 2348 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
7 | 2349 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
9 | 2350 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
7 | 2351 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
2352 #endif | |
2353 } | |
9 | 2354 if (modifiers) |
7 | 2355 { |
9 | 2356 string[len++] = CSI; |
2357 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
2358 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
7 | 2359 } |
2360 | |
9 | 2361 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
7 | 2362 { |
9 | 2363 string[len++] = CSI; |
2364 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
2365 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
7 | 2366 } |
2367 else | |
2368 { | |
9 | 2369 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
2370 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
2371 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
7 | 2372 { |
2373 char_u from[2], *to; | |
2374 int l; | |
2375 | |
2376 from[0] = key_char; | |
2377 from[1] = NUL; | |
2378 l = 1; | |
2379 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
2380 if (to != NULL) | |
2381 { | |
2382 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
2383 { | |
2384 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
2385 { | |
2386 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
2387 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
2388 } | |
2389 else | |
2390 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
2391 } | |
2392 vim_free(to); | |
2393 } | |
2394 else | |
2395 string[len++] = key_char; | |
2396 } | |
2397 else | |
2398 string[len++] = key_char; | |
2399 } | |
2400 | |
2401 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
2402 { | |
2403 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
2404 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
2405 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
2406 } | |
2407 | |
2408 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
2409 } | |
168 | 2410 #endif |
7 | 2411 |
2412 /* | |
2413 * Handle MouseClick | |
2414 */ | |
2415 void | |
593 | 2416 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
7 | 2417 { |
2418 short thePart; | |
2419 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
2420 | |
9 | 2421 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
7 | 2422 |
1106 | 2423 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
2424 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
2425 click into the tab pane */ | |
2426 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
1562 | 2427 return; |
1106 | 2428 #endif |
2429 | |
7 | 2430 switch (thePart) |
2431 { | |
2432 case (inDesk): | |
2433 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
2434 break; | |
2435 | |
2436 case (inMenuBar): | |
9 | 2437 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
7 | 2438 break; |
2439 | |
2440 case (inContent): | |
9 | 2441 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
7 | 2442 break; |
2443 | |
2444 case (inDrag): | |
9 | 2445 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
7 | 2446 break; |
2447 | |
2448 case (inGrow): | |
9 | 2449 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
7 | 2450 break; |
2451 | |
2452 case (inGoAway): | |
2453 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
2454 gui_shell_closed(); | |
2455 break; | |
2456 | |
2457 case (inZoomIn): | |
2458 case (inZoomOut): | |
2459 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
2460 break; | |
2461 } | |
2462 } | |
2463 | |
2464 /* | |
2465 * Handle MouseMoved | |
2466 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
2467 */ | |
2468 void | |
593 | 2469 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
7 | 2470 { |
2471 Point thePoint; | |
2472 int_u vimModifiers; | |
2473 | |
2474 thePoint = event->where; | |
9 | 2475 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
7 | 2476 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
2477 | |
2478 if (!Button()) | |
9 | 2479 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
7 | 2480 else |
2481 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
2482 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
2483 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
2484 | |
2485 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
9 | 2486 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
7 | 2487 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
2488 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
2489 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
2490 | |
2491 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
2492 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
2493 | |
2494 } | |
2495 | |
2496 /* | |
2497 * Handle the mouse release | |
2498 */ | |
2499 void | |
593 | 2500 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
7 | 2501 { |
2502 Point thePoint; | |
2503 int_u vimModifiers; | |
2504 | |
2505 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
2506 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
2507 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
2508 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
2509 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
2510 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
9 | 2511 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
7 | 2512 |
2513 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
2514 if (clickIsPopup) | |
2515 { | |
2516 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
2517 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
2518 } | |
9 | 2519 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
7 | 2520 } |
2521 | |
2522 static pascal OSStatus | |
2523 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
2524 void *data) | |
2525 { | |
2526 Point point; | |
2527 Rect bounds; | |
2528 UInt32 mod; | |
2529 SInt32 delta; | |
2530 int_u vim_mod; | |
939 | 2531 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
2532 | |
2533 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
2534 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
2535 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
2536 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
7 | 2537 |
2538 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
2539 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
2540 goto bail; | |
2541 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
2542 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
2543 goto bail; | |
2544 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
2545 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
2546 goto bail; | |
2547 | |
2548 vim_mod = 0; | |
2549 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
2550 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
2551 if (mod & controlKey) | |
2552 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
2553 if (mod & optionKey) | |
2554 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
2555 | |
2556 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
2557 { | |
2558 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
2559 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
2560 } | |
2561 | |
2562 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
2563 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
2564 | |
1668 | 2565 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
2566 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
2567 | |
7 | 2568 return noErr; |
2569 | |
1107 | 2570 bail: |
7 | 2571 /* |
2572 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2573 * its actions |
7 | 2574 */ |
2575 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
2576 } | |
2577 | |
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2578 void |
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2579 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2580 { |
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2581 /* TODO */ |
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2582 } |
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2583 |
7 | 2584 #if 0 |
2585 | |
2586 /* | |
2587 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
2588 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
2589 * the menu that we should display | |
2590 */ | |
2591 void | |
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
2592 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(EventRecord *event) |
7 | 2593 { |
2594 /* | |
2595 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
2596 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
2597 * Call the procedure | |
2598 */ | |
2599 | |
2600 // Call to Handle Popup | |
2601 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
2602 | |
2603 if (status != noErr) | |
2604 return; | |
2605 | |
2606 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
2607 { | |
2608 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
2609 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
4352 | 2610 /* But what about the current menu, is the many changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ |
9 | 2611 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
7 | 2612 } |
2613 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
2614 { | |
2615 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
2616 } | |
2617 | |
2618 } | |
2619 #endif | |
2620 | |
2621 /* | |
2622 * Handle menubar selection | |
2623 */ | |
2624 void | |
593 | 2625 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
7 | 2626 { |
2627 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
2628 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
2629 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
2630 | |
2631 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
2632 { | |
2633 if (item == 1) | |
2634 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
2635 } | |
2636 else if (item != 0) | |
2637 { | |
2638 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
2639 | |
2640 if (theVimMenu) | |
2641 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
2642 } | |
9 | 2643 HiliteMenu(0); |
7 | 2644 } |
2645 | |
2646 /* | |
2647 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
2648 */ | |
2649 | |
2650 void | |
593 | 2651 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
7 | 2652 { |
2653 OSErr error; | |
2654 | |
2655 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
1292 | 2656 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
2657 { | |
7 | 2658 # if 0 |
1562 | 2659 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
7 | 2660 # else |
1562 | 2661 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
7 | 2662 # endif |
1562 | 2663 return; |
1292 | 2664 } |
7 | 2665 |
2666 /* Handle normal event */ | |
2667 switch (event->what) | |
2668 { | |
168 | 2669 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
7 | 2670 case (keyDown): |
2671 case (autoKey): | |
9 | 2672 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
7 | 2673 break; |
168 | 2674 #endif |
7 | 2675 case (keyUp): |
857 | 2676 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
7 | 2677 break; |
2678 | |
2679 case (mouseDown): | |
2680 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
2681 break; | |
2682 | |
2683 case (mouseUp): | |
2684 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
2685 break; | |
2686 | |
2687 case (updateEvt): | |
9 | 2688 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
7 | 2689 break; |
2690 | |
2691 case (diskEvt): | |
2692 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
2693 break; | |
2694 | |
2695 case (activateEvt): | |
9 | 2696 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
7 | 2697 break; |
2698 | |
2699 case (osEvt): | |
2700 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
2701 { | |
2702 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
9 | 2703 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
7 | 2704 break; |
2705 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
9 | 2706 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
7 | 2707 break; |
2708 } | |
2709 break; | |
2710 | |
2711 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
2712 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
2713 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
2714 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
2715 break; | |
2716 #endif | |
2717 } | |
2718 } | |
2719 | |
2720 /* | |
2721 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2722 * Unknown Stuff | |
2723 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2724 */ | |
2725 | |
2726 | |
2727 GuiFont | |
593 | 2728 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
7 | 2729 { |
2730 char_u c; | |
2731 char_u *p; | |
2732 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
2733 Str255 systemFontname; | |
2734 short font_id; | |
2735 short size=9; | |
2736 GuiFont font; | |
2737 #if 0 | |
2738 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
2739 #endif | |
2740 | |
2741 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
2742 ; | |
2743 | |
2744 c = *p; | |
2745 *p = 0; | |
2746 | |
2747 #if 1 | |
2748 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
2749 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
2750 *p = c; | |
2751 | |
168 | 2752 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
2753 char_u fontName[256]; | |
2754 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
2755 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
2756 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
2757 | |
2758 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
2759 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
2760 font_id = 0; | |
2761 | |
2762 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
2763 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
2764 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
2765 { | |
2766 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
2767 font_id = 0; | |
2768 } | |
13 | 2769 |
2770 if (font_id == 0) | |
2771 { | |
2772 /* | |
2773 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
2774 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
2775 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
2776 */ | |
2777 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
2778 | |
2779 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
2780 { | |
2781 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
2782 { | |
2783 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
2784 changed = TRUE; | |
2785 } | |
2786 } | |
2787 if (changed) | |
168 | 2788 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
2789 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
2790 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
2791 { | |
2792 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
2793 font_id = 0; | |
2794 } | |
13 | 2795 } |
2796 | |
7 | 2797 #else |
2798 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
2799 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
2800 | |
9 | 2801 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
7 | 2802 #endif |
2803 | |
2804 | |
2805 if (font_id == 0) | |
2806 { | |
2807 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
2808 | |
168 | 2809 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
2810 return NOFONT; | |
7 | 2811 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
2812 return NOFONT; | |
2813 } | |
2814 if (*p == ':') | |
2815 { | |
2816 p++; | |
2817 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
2818 while (*p) | |
2819 { | |
2820 switch (*p++) | |
2821 { | |
2822 case 'h': | |
2823 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
2824 break; | |
2825 /* | |
2826 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
2827 */ | |
2828 } | |
2829 while (*p == ':') | |
2830 p++; | |
2831 } | |
2832 } | |
2833 | |
2834 if (size < 1) | |
2835 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
2836 | |
2837 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
2838 | |
2839 return font; | |
2840 } | |
2841 | |
2842 /* | |
2843 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
1212 | 2844 * GUI_MCH functionality |
7 | 2845 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
2846 */ | |
2847 | |
2848 /* | |
2849 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
2850 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
2851 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
2852 */ | |
2853 void | |
593 | 2854 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
7 | 2855 { |
2856 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
2857 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
2858 FSSpec applDir; | |
2859 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
2860 short applVRefNum; | |
2861 long applDirID; | |
2862 Str255 volName; | |
2863 # else | |
2864 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
2865 FSRef applFSRef; | |
2866 # endif | |
2867 #endif | |
2868 | |
2869 #if 0 | |
2870 InitCursor(); | |
2871 | |
2872 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
2873 | |
2874 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
2875 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
2876 #endif | |
2877 | |
9 | 2878 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
2879 | |
2880 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
2881 | |
2882 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
7 | 2883 |
2884 DrawMenuBar(); | |
2885 | |
2886 | |
2887 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
9 | 2888 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
7 | 2889 #else |
9 | 2890 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
7 | 2891 #endif |
2892 | |
2893 | |
2894 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
2895 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
9 | 2896 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
2897 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
7 | 2898 |
2899 gui.char_width = 7; | |
2900 gui.char_height = 11; | |
2901 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
2902 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
2903 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
2904 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
2905 | |
9 | 2906 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
2907 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
7 | 2908 |
2909 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
2910 dragRgn = NULL; | |
2911 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
2912 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
2913 #endif | |
2914 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
2915 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
9 | 2916 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
7 | 2917 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
9 | 2918 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
7 | 2919 # else |
2920 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
2921 * of TN2015 | |
2922 */ | |
9 | 2923 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
7 | 2924 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
2925 | |
9 | 2926 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
7 | 2927 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
2928 | |
9 | 2929 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
7 | 2930 |
2931 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
2932 # endif | |
9 | 2933 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
7 | 2934 #endif |
2935 } | |
2936 | |
2937 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
2938 /* | |
2939 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
2940 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
2941 */ | |
2942 int | |
2943 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
2944 { | |
2945 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
2946 * using the >console | |
2947 */ | |
2948 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
2949 return FAIL; | |
2950 return OK; | |
2951 } | |
2952 #endif | |
2953 | |
2954 static OSErr | |
1107 | 2955 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
7 | 2956 { |
2957 int x, y; | |
2958 int_u modifiers; | |
2959 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
2960 int count; | |
2961 int i, j; | |
2962 | |
2963 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
2964 { | |
2965 Point point; | |
2966 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
2967 UInt16 countItem; | |
2968 | |
2969 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
2970 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
2971 x = point.h; | |
2972 y = point.v; | |
2973 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
2974 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
2975 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
2976 count = countItem; | |
2977 } | |
2978 | |
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
2979 fnames = ALLOC_MULT(char_u *, count); |
7 | 2980 if (fnames == NULL) |
2981 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
2982 | |
2983 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
2984 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
2985 { | |
2986 DragItemRef item; | |
2987 OSErr err; | |
2988 Size size; | |
2989 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
2990 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
2991 | |
2992 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
2993 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
2994 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
2995 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
2996 continue; | |
2997 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
2998 if (err != noErr) | |
2999 continue; | |
3000 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
3001 } | |
3002 count = j; | |
3003 | |
3004 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
37 | 3005 |
3006 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
3007 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
3008 | |
7 | 3009 return noErr; |
3010 } | |
3011 | |
3012 /* | |
3013 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
3014 * etc. | |
3015 */ | |
3016 int | |
593 | 3017 gui_mch_init(void) |
7 | 3018 { |
3019 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
1565 | 3020 Rect windRect; |
3021 MenuHandle pomme; | |
7 | 3022 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
1562 | 3023 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
1565 | 3024 ControlRef rootControl; |
168 | 3025 |
3026 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
593 | 3027 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
168 | 3028 |
7 | 3029 #if 1 |
3030 InitCursor(); | |
3031 | |
3032 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
3033 | |
3034 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
3035 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
3036 #endif | |
3037 | |
9 | 3038 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
3039 | |
3040 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
3041 | |
3042 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
7 | 3043 |
3044 DrawMenuBar(); | |
3045 | |
3046 | |
3047 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
9 | 3048 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
7 | 3049 #else |
9 | 3050 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
7 | 3051 #endif |
3052 | |
3053 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
3054 zoomDocProc, | |
3055 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
1292 | 3056 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
7 | 3057 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
3058 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
9 | 3059 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
7 | 3060 |
3061 gui.char_width = 7; | |
3062 gui.char_height = 11; | |
3063 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
3064 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
3065 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
3066 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
3067 | |
9 | 3068 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
3069 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
593 | 3070 |
13 | 3071 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
3072 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
7 | 3073 |
3074 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
3075 dragRgn = NULL; | |
3076 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
3077 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
3078 #endif | |
3079 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
3080 display_errors(); | |
3081 | |
3082 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
1212 | 3083 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
7 | 3084 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
3085 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
3086 | |
3087 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
3088 * file). */ | |
3089 set_normal_colors(); | |
3090 | |
3091 /* | |
3092 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
3093 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
3094 */ | |
3095 gui_check_colors(); | |
3096 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
3097 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
3098 | |
3099 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
3100 * changed them) */ | |
3101 highlight_gui_started(); | |
3102 | |
3103 /* | |
3104 * Setting the gui constants | |
3105 */ | |
3106 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
3107 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
3108 #endif | |
3109 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
3110 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
3111 | |
1212 | 3112 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
7 | 3113 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
3114 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
593 | 3115 |
7 | 3116 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
3117 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
3118 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
3119 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
3120 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
3121 { | |
3122 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
3123 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
3124 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
3125 } | |
3126 | |
168 | 3127 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
1562 | 3128 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
3129 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
3130 | |
3131 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
3132 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
3133 | |
3134 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
3135 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
3136 | |
3137 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
3138 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
3139 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
3140 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
3141 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
3142 }; | |
3143 | |
3144 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
3145 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
3146 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
3147 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
3148 { | |
168 | 3149 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
3150 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
3151 } | |
1562 | 3152 |
3153 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
3154 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
3155 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
3156 }; | |
3157 | |
3158 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
3159 * deactivate */ | |
3160 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
3161 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
3162 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
3163 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
3164 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
3165 { | |
3166 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
3167 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
3168 } | |
168 | 3169 #endif |
3170 | |
1106 | 3171 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
3172 /* | |
3173 * Create the tabline | |
3174 */ | |
3175 initialise_tabline(); | |
3176 #endif | |
3177 | |
7 | 3178 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
3179 return OK; | |
3180 } | |
3181 | |
3182 /* | |
3183 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
3184 */ | |
3185 void | |
593 | 3186 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
7 | 3187 { |
3188 /* TODO: | |
3189 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
3210 | 3190 * so what must be done? I don't know |
7 | 3191 */ |
3192 } | |
3193 | |
3194 /* | |
3195 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
3196 */ | |
3197 int | |
593 | 3198 gui_mch_open(void) |
7 | 3199 { |
3200 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
3201 | |
3202 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
3203 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
3204 | |
3205 /* | |
3206 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
3207 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
3208 */ | |
3209 { | |
3210 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
3211 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
3212 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
3213 } | |
3214 | |
3215 return OK; | |
3216 } | |
3217 | |
1562 | 3218 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
3219 static void | |
3220 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
3221 { | |
3222 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
3223 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
3224 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
3225 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
3226 } | |
3227 #endif | |
3228 | |
7 | 3229 void |
3230 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
3231 { | |
3232 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
3233 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
3234 | |
168 | 3235 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
3236 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
3237 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
3238 #endif | |
3239 | |
7 | 3240 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
3241 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
3242 | |
168 | 3243 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
1562 | 3244 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
3245 #endif | |
3246 | |
3247 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
3248 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
3249 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
3250 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
168 | 3251 #endif |
3252 | |
7 | 3253 /* Exit to shell? */ |
3254 exit(rc); | |
3255 } | |
3256 | |
3257 /* | |
3258 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
3259 */ | |
3260 int | |
3261 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
3262 { | |
3263 /* TODO */ | |
3264 Rect bounds; | |
3265 OSStatus status; | |
3266 | |
3267 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
9 | 3268 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
7 | 3269 |
3270 if (status != noErr) | |
3271 return FAIL; | |
3272 *x = bounds.left; | |
3273 *y = bounds.top; | |
3274 return OK; | |
3275 } | |
3276 | |
3277 /* | |
3278 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
3279 * coordinates. | |
3280 */ | |
3281 void | |
3282 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
3283 { | |
3284 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
3285 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
3286 */ | |
1377 | 3287 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
7 | 3288 } |
3289 | |
3290 void | |
3291 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
3292 int width, | |
3293 int height, | |
3294 int min_width, | |
3295 int min_height, | |
3296 int base_width, | |
812 | 3297 int base_height, |
3298 int direction) | |
7 | 3299 { |
3300 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
3301 Rect VimBound; | |
3302 | |
3303 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
3304 { | |
9 | 3305 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
3306 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
7 | 3307 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
9 | 3308 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
7 | 3309 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
3310 } | |
3311 else | |
3312 { | |
9 | 3313 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
3314 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
7 | 3315 VimBound.left = 0; |
9 | 3316 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
7 | 3317 } |
3318 | |
3319 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
3320 | |
3321 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
3322 } | |
3323 | |
3324 /* | |
3325 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
3326 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
3327 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
1212 | 3328 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
7 | 3329 */ |
3330 void | |
593 | 3331 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
7 | 3332 { |
3333 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
3334 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
3335 | |
3336 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
3337 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
3338 } | |
3339 | |
3340 | |
13 | 3341 /* |
3342 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
3343 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
3344 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
3345 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
3346 */ | |
3347 static GuiFont | |
3348 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
3349 { | |
3350 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
3351 OSStatus status; | |
3352 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
3353 | |
3354 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
3355 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
3356 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
3357 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
3358 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
3359 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
3360 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
3361 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
3362 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
3363 | |
3364 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
3365 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
3366 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
3367 | |
3368 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
3369 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
3370 if (status == noErr) | |
3371 { | |
3372 /* | |
3373 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
3374 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
3375 */ | |
3376 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
3377 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
3378 { | |
3379 EventRecord e; | |
3380 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
3381 } | |
3382 | |
3383 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
3384 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
3385 } | |
3386 return selected_font; | |
3387 } | |
3388 | |
1562 | 3389 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
3390 static void | |
3391 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
3392 { | |
3393 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
3394 { | |
3395 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
3396 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
3397 } | |
3398 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
3399 { | |
3400 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
3401 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
3402 } | |
3403 | |
3404 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
3405 } | |
3406 #endif | |
7 | 3407 |
3408 /* | |
3409 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
3410 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
3411 */ | |
3412 int | |
593 | 3413 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
7 | 3414 { |
3415 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
3416 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
170 | 3417 int suggestedSize = 10; |
7 | 3418 FontInfo font_info; |
3419 short font_id; | |
3420 GuiFont font; | |
37 | 3421 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
7 | 3422 |
168 | 3423 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
1562 | 3424 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
168 | 3425 #endif |
3426 | |
7 | 3427 if (font_name == NULL) |
3428 { | |
3429 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
3430 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
3431 | |
3432 if (font_id == 0) | |
3433 { | |
3434 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
3435 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
37 | 3436 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
7 | 3437 } |
37 | 3438 else |
3439 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
7 | 3440 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
3441 } | |
13 | 3442 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
3443 { | |
37 | 3444 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
3445 | |
3446 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
13 | 3447 if (font == NOFONT) |
3448 return FAIL; | |
3449 | |
3450 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
37 | 3451 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
13 | 3452 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
3453 { | |
37 | 3454 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
13 | 3455 vim_free(p_guifont); |
3456 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
3457 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
3458 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
3459 { | |
3460 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
3461 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
3462 } | |
3463 } | |
3464 } | |
7 | 3465 else |
3466 { | |
9 | 3467 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
418 | 3468 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
7 | 3469 |
3470 if (font == NOFONT) | |
3471 return FAIL; | |
3472 } | |
37 | 3473 |
7 | 3474 gui.norm_font = font; |
3475 | |
37 | 3476 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
3477 | |
9 | 3478 TextSize(font >> 16); |
3479 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
3480 | |
189 | 3481 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
3482 | |
3483 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
3484 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
3485 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
3486 | |
168 | 3487 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
842 | 3488 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
1562 | 3489 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
168 | 3490 #endif |
3491 | |
7 | 3492 return OK; |
3493 } | |
3494 | |
444 | 3495 /* |
3496 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
3497 */ | |
7 | 3498 int |
593 | 3499 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
7 | 3500 { |
3501 FontInfo font_info; | |
3502 | |
9 | 3503 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
7 | 3504 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
3505 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
3506 return OK; | |
3507 } | |
3508 | |
3509 /* | |
3510 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
3511 */ | |
3512 GuiFont | |
593 | 3513 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
7 | 3514 { |
3515 GuiFont font; | |
3516 | |
3517 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
3518 | |
3519 if (font == NOFONT) | |
3520 { | |
3521 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
15470
55ccc2d353bd
patch 8.1.0743: giving error messages is not flexible
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15134
diff
changeset
|
3522 semsg(_(e_font), name); |
7 | 3523 return NOFONT; |
3524 } | |
3525 /* | |
3526 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
3527 */ | |
3528 | |
3529 return font; | |
3530 } | |
3531 | |
44 | 3532 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 3533 /* |
37 | 3534 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
3535 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
3536 */ | |
3537 char_u * | |
593 | 3538 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
37 | 3539 { |
3540 if (name == NULL) | |
3541 return NULL; | |
3542 return vim_strsave(name); | |
3543 } | |
44 | 3544 #endif |
37 | 3545 |
1562 | 3546 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
3547 static void | |
3548 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
3549 { | |
3550 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
3551 Fixed fontSize; | |
3552 Fixed fontWidth; | |
3553 | |
3554 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
3555 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
3556 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
3557 | |
3558 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
3559 { | |
3560 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
3561 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
3562 }; | |
3563 | |
3564 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
3565 { | |
3566 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
3567 sizeof(font) | |
3568 }; | |
3569 | |
3570 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
3571 { | |
3572 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
3573 }; | |
3574 | |
3575 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
3576 { | |
3577 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
3578 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
3579 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
3580 { | |
3581 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
3582 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
3583 # endif | |
3584 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
3585 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
3586 } | |
3587 | |
3588 if (has_mbyte) | |
3589 { | |
3590 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
3591 * wide font drawing */ | |
3592 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
3593 | |
3594 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
3595 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
3596 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
3597 { | |
3598 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
3599 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
3600 } | |
3601 } | |
3602 } | |
3603 } | |
3604 #endif | |
3605 | |
37 | 3606 /* |
7 | 3607 * Set the current text font. |
3608 */ | |
3609 void | |
593 | 3610 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
7 | 3611 { |
168 | 3612 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
3613 GuiFont currFont; | |
3614 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
3615 | |
842 | 3616 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
168 | 3617 { |
3618 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
1562 | 3619 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
3620 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
3621 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
168 | 3622 { |
3623 if (currFont == font) | |
3624 return; | |
3625 } | |
3626 | |
1562 | 3627 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
168 | 3628 } |
3629 | |
842 | 3630 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
168 | 3631 { |
3632 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
3633 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
3634 /* | |
3635 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
3636 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
3637 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
3638 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
3639 */ | |
3640 if (gui.wide_font) | |
3641 { | |
3642 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
3643 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
3644 | |
3645 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
3646 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
3647 0, | |
3648 &fallbackFonts, | |
3649 NULL) == noErr) | |
3650 { | |
1562 | 3651 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
3652 &fallbackFonts, | |
3653 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
168 | 3654 } |
3655 /* | |
3656 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
3657 */ | |
3658 } | |
3659 } | |
3660 #endif | |
7 | 3661 TextSize(font >> 16); |
3662 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
3663 } | |
3664 | |
3665 /* | |
3666 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
3667 */ | |
3668 void | |
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
3669 gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font) |
7 | 3670 { |
3671 /* | |
3672 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
3673 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
3674 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
3675 */ | |
3676 } | |
3677 | |
3678 /* | |
3679 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
3680 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
3681 * Programmer's Guide. | |
3682 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
3683 */ | |
3684 guicolor_T | |
593 | 3685 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
7 | 3686 { |
3687 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
3688 */ | |
3689 RGBColor MacColor; | |
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3690 |
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3691 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
7 | 3692 { |
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3693 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3694 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); |
7 | 3695 } |
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3696 return gui_get_color_cmn(name); |
7 | 3697 } |
3698 | |
11745
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3699 guicolor_T |
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3700 gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b) |
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3701 { |
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3702 return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b); |
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3703 } |
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3704 |
7 | 3705 /* |
3706 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
3707 */ | |
3708 void | |
593 | 3709 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
7 | 3710 { |
3711 RGBColor TheColor; | |
3712 | |
3713 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
3714 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
3715 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
3716 | |
9 | 3717 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
7 | 3718 } |
3719 | |
3720 /* | |
3721 * Set the current text background color. | |
3722 */ | |
3723 void | |
593 | 3724 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
7 | 3725 { |
3726 RGBColor TheColor; | |
3727 | |
3728 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
3729 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
3730 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
3731 | |
9 | 3732 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
7 | 3733 } |
3734 | |
563 | 3735 RGBColor specialColor; |
3736 | |
212 | 3737 /* |
563 | 3738 * Set the current text special color. |
212 | 3739 */ |
3740 void | |
593 | 3741 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
212 | 3742 { |
563 | 3743 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
3744 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
3745 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
3746 } | |
3747 | |
3748 /* | |
3749 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
3750 */ | |
3751 static void | |
3752 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
3753 { | |
856 | 3754 int x; |
3755 int offset; | |
3756 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
3757 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
563 | 3758 |
3759 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
3760 | |
3761 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
3762 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
3763 | |
593 | 3764 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
563 | 3765 { |
593 | 3766 offset = val[x % 8]; |
3767 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
563 | 3768 } |
212 | 3769 } |
3770 | |
593 | 3771 |
3772 static void | |
3773 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
7 | 3774 { |
3775 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
3776 | |
3777 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
3778 { | |
3779 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
3780 if (tofree != NULL) | |
3781 s = tofree; | |
3782 } | |
593 | 3783 |
7 | 3784 /* |
3785 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
3786 */ | |
189 | 3787 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
7 | 3788 { |
3789 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
3790 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
3791 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
168 | 3792 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
7 | 3793 } |
3794 | |
36 | 3795 /* |
3796 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
3797 * before drawing the text. | |
3798 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
3799 * underlining. | |
3800 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
3801 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
3802 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
3803 */ | |
189 | 3804 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
36 | 3805 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
3806 { | |
3807 Rect rc; | |
3808 | |
3809 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
3810 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
168 | 3811 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ |
3812 if (has_mbyte) | |
3813 { | |
3814 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3815 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
168 | 3816 } |
3817 else | |
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
3818 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
36 | 3819 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); |
3820 EraseRect(&rc); | |
3821 } | |
3822 | |
189 | 3823 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
7 | 3824 { |
3825 StyleParameter face; | |
3826 | |
3827 face = normal; | |
3828 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
3829 face |= bold; | |
3830 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
3831 face |= underline; | |
3832 TextFace(face); | |
3833 | |
3834 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
3835 TextMode(srcOr); | |
3836 | |
3837 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
3838 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
3839 } | |
3840 else | |
3841 { | |
3842 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
9 | 3843 TextMode(srcCopy); |
3844 TextFace(normal); | |
7 | 3845 |
3846 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
3847 | |
3848 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
9 | 3849 TextMode(srcOr); |
7 | 3850 |
9 | 3851 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
593 | 3852 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
3853 | |
3854 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
3855 { | |
3856 TextMode(srcOr); | |
3857 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
3858 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
3859 } | |
3860 | |
3861 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
3862 { | |
3863 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
3864 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
3865 } | |
12317
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3866 if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE) |
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3867 { |
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3868 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3869 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3870 } |
593 | 3871 } |
3872 | |
3873 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
3874 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
3875 | |
3876 vim_free(tofree); | |
3877 } | |
3878 | |
842 | 3879 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
593 | 3880 |
3881 static void | |
3882 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
3883 { | |
3884 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
3885 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
3886 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
3887 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
3888 | |
3889 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
3890 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
1562 | 3891 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
3892 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
3893 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
3894 #endif | |
593 | 3895 /* |
3896 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
3897 * before drawing the text. | |
3898 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
3899 * underlining. | |
3900 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
3901 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
3902 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
3903 */ | |
3904 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
3905 { | |
3906 Rect rc; | |
3907 | |
3908 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
3909 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
3910 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
3911 if (has_mbyte) | |
3912 { | |
3913 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3914 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
593 | 3915 } |
3916 else | |
3917 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
3918 | |
3919 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
3920 EraseRect(&rc); | |
3921 } | |
3922 | |
3923 { | |
3924 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
3925 TextFace(normal); | |
3926 | |
1562 | 3927 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
593 | 3928 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
3929 TextMode(srcOr); | |
3930 | |
3931 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
1562 | 3932 |
3933 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
3934 { | |
3935 Boolean attValue = true; | |
3936 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
3937 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
3938 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
3939 | |
3940 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
3941 } | |
3942 | |
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3943 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3944 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3945 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3946 { |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3947 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3948 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3949 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3950 |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3951 if (gFontStyle) |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3952 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3953 attribSizes, attribValues); |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3954 if (gWideFontStyle) |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3955 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3956 attribSizes, attribValues); |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3957 |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3958 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3959 } |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
1562 | 3961 if (has_mbyte) |
168 | 3962 { |
1562 | 3963 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
3964 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
3965 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
3966 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
3967 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
3968 | |
3969 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
3970 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
3971 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
3972 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
3973 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
3974 /* | |
3975 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
3976 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
3977 | |
3978 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
3979 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
3980 { | |
3981 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
3982 | |
3983 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
3984 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
3985 * cell to draw) */ | |
3986 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
3987 { | |
3988 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
3989 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
3990 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
3991 #endif | |
3992 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
3993 : gFontStyle; | |
3994 | |
3995 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
3996 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
3997 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
3998 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
3999 } | |
4000 | |
4001 yet_to_draw++; | |
4002 } | |
4003 | |
4004 if (yet_to_draw) | |
4005 { | |
4006 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
4007 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
4008 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
4009 #endif | |
4010 /* finish the rest style */ | |
4011 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
4012 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
4013 } | |
4014 | |
168 | 4015 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
4016 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
1562 | 4017 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
4018 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
168 | 4019 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
4020 } | |
1562 | 4021 else |
4022 { | |
4023 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
4024 | |
4025 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
4026 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
4027 utf16_len, | |
4028 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
4029 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
4030 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
4031 { | |
4032 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
4033 | |
4034 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
4035 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
4036 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
4037 | |
4038 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
4039 } | |
4040 } | |
4041 | |
4042 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
4043 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
4044 { | |
4045 Boolean attValue = false; | |
4046 | |
4047 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
4048 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
4049 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
4050 | |
4051 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
4052 attribValues); | |
4053 } | |
7 | 4054 } |
4055 | |
563 | 4056 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
4057 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
4058 | |
7 | 4059 vim_free(tofree); |
593 | 4060 } |
4061 #endif | |
4062 | |
4063 void | |
4064 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
4065 { | |
4066 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
1562 | 4067 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
4068 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
4069 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
4070 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
4071 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
4072 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
4073 | |
842 | 4074 if (p_macatsui) |
4075 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
4076 else | |
7 | 4077 #endif |
842 | 4078 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
7 | 4079 } |
4080 | |
4081 /* | |
4082 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
4083 */ | |
4084 int | |
593 | 4085 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
7 | 4086 { |
4087 int i; | |
4088 | |
4089 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
4090 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
4091 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
4092 return OK; | |
4093 return FAIL; | |
4094 } | |
4095 | |
4096 void | |
593 | 4097 gui_mch_beep(void) |
7 | 4098 { |
9 | 4099 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
7 | 4100 } |
4101 | |
4102 void | |
593 | 4103 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
7 | 4104 { |
4105 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
4106 Rect rc; | |
4107 | |
4108 /* | |
4109 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
4110 */ | |
4111 rc.left = 0; | |
4112 rc.top = 0; | |
4113 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
4114 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
4115 InvertRect(&rc); | |
4116 | |
4117 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
4118 | |
4119 InvertRect(&rc); | |
4120 } | |
4121 | |
4122 /* | |
4123 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
4124 */ | |
4125 void | |
593 | 4126 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
7 | 4127 { |
4128 Rect rc; | |
4129 | |
4130 /* | |
4131 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
4132 */ | |
4133 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
4134 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
4135 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
4136 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
4137 InvertRect(&rc); | |
4138 } | |
4139 | |
4140 /* | |
4141 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
4142 */ | |
4143 void | |
593 | 4144 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
7 | 4145 { |
4146 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
4147 * -window shade? | |
4148 * -hide application? | |
4149 */ | |
4150 } | |
4151 | |
4152 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
4153 /* | |
4154 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
4155 */ | |
4156 void | |
593 | 4157 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
7 | 4158 { |
4159 /* TODO */ | |
4160 } | |
4161 #endif | |
4162 | |
4163 /* | |
4164 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
4165 */ | |
4166 void | |
593 | 4167 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
7 | 4168 { |
4169 Rect rc; | |
4170 | |
4171 /* | |
4172 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
4173 */ | |
4174 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
4175 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
4176 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
168 | 4177 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) |
4178 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
7 | 4179 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
4180 | |
4181 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
4182 | |
9 | 4183 FrameRect(&rc); |
7 | 4184 } |
4185 | |
4186 /* | |
4187 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
4188 */ | |
4189 void | |
593 | 4190 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
7 | 4191 { |
4192 Rect rc; | |
4193 | |
4194 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4195 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
4196 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
4197 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
4198 else | |
4199 #endif | |
4200 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
4201 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
4202 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
4203 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
4204 | |
4205 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
4206 | |
168 | 4207 FrameRect(&rc); |
4208 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
7 | 4209 } |
4210 | |
4211 | |
4212 | |
4213 /* | |
4214 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
4215 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
4216 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
4217 * immediately. | |
4218 */ | |
4219 void | |
593 | 4220 gui_mch_update(void) |
7 | 4221 { |
4222 /* TODO: find what to do | |
4223 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
4224 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
4225 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
4226 * | |
4227 * if (eventther) | |
4228 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
4229 */ | |
4230 EventRecord theEvent; | |
4231 | |
9 | 4232 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
7 | 4233 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
4234 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
4235 } | |
4236 | |
4237 /* | |
4238 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
4239 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
4240 */ | |
4241 | |
4242 pascal | |
4243 Boolean | |
9 | 4244 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
7 | 4245 { |
4246 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
4247 sleep = 32767; | |
4248 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
4249 } | |
4250 | |
4251 /* | |
4252 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
4253 * from the keyboard. | |
4254 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
4255 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
4256 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
4257 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
4258 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
4259 */ | |
4260 int | |
593 | 4261 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
7 | 4262 { |
4263 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
4264 EventRecord event; | |
4265 long entryTick; | |
4266 long currentTick; | |
4267 long sleeppyTick; | |
4268 | |
4269 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
4270 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
4271 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
4272 */ | |
4273 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
4274 return FAIL; | |
4275 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
4276 | |
4277 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
4278 | |
4279 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
4280 | |
4281 do | |
4282 { | |
4283 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
4284 { | |
4285 dragRgn = NULL; | |
4286 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
4287 } | |
4288 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
4289 { | |
4290 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
9 | 4291 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
7 | 4292 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
4293 } | |
4294 /* | |
4295 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
4296 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
4297 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
4298 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
4299 */ | |
2585 | 4300 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? */ |
7 | 4301 if (wtime > -1) |
1562 | 4302 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
7 | 4303 else |
4304 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
1562 | 4305 |
9 | 4306 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
7 | 4307 { |
1562 | 4308 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
7 | 4309 if (input_available()) |
4310 { | |
4311 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
4312 return OK; | |
4313 } | |
4314 } | |
4315 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
4316 } | |
4317 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
4318 | |
4319 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
4320 return FAIL; | |
4321 } | |
4322 | |
4323 /* | |
4324 * Output routines. | |
4325 */ | |
4326 | |
4327 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
4328 void | |
593 | 4329 gui_mch_flush(void) |
7 | 4330 { |
4331 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
4332 } | |
4333 | |
4334 /* | |
4335 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
4336 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
4337 */ | |
4338 void | |
593 | 4339 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
7 | 4340 { |
4341 Rect rc; | |
4342 | |
4343 /* | |
4344 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
4345 * spilled over to the next column. | |
4346 */ | |
4347 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
4348 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
4349 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
4350 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
4351 | |
4352 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
9 | 4353 EraseRect(&rc); |
7 | 4354 } |
4355 | |
4356 /* | |
4357 * Clear the whole text window. | |
4358 */ | |
4359 void | |
593 | 4360 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
7 | 4361 { |
4362 Rect rc; | |
4363 | |
4364 rc.left = 0; | |
4365 rc.top = 0; | |
4366 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
4367 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
4368 | |
4369 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
4370 EraseRect(&rc); | |
4371 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
4372 FrameRect(&rc); | |
4373 */ | |
4374 } | |
4375 | |
4376 /* | |
4377 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
4378 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
4379 */ | |
4380 void | |
593 | 4381 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
7 | 4382 { |
4383 Rect rc; | |
4384 | |
4385 /* changed without checking! */ | |
4386 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
4387 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
4388 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
4389 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
4390 | |
4391 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
9 | 4392 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
7 | 4393 |
4394 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
4395 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
4396 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
4397 } | |
4398 | |
4399 /* | |
4400 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
4401 * following text within the scroll region. | |
4402 */ | |
4403 void | |
593 | 4404 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
7 | 4405 { |
4406 Rect rc; | |
4407 | |
4408 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
4409 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
4410 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
4411 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
4412 | |
4413 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
4414 | |
9 | 4415 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
7 | 4416 |
4417 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
4418 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
4419 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
4420 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
4421 { | |
4422 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
4423 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
4424 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
4425 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
4426 } | |
4427 | |
4428 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
4429 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
4430 } | |
4431 | |
4432 /* | |
4433 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
4434 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
4435 */ | |
4436 | |
4437 void | |
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4438 clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
7 | 4439 { |
4440 | |
4441 Handle textOfClip; | |
19 | 4442 int flavor = 0; |
7 | 4443 Size scrapSize; |
4444 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
4445 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
4446 OSStatus error; | |
4447 int type; | |
4448 char *searchCR; | |
4449 char_u *tempclip; | |
4450 | |
4451 | |
9 | 4452 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
7 | 4453 if (error != noErr) |
4454 return; | |
4455 | |
9 | 4456 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
4457 if (error == noErr) | |
4458 { | |
4459 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
4460 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
4461 flavor = 1; | |
4462 } | |
4463 | |
4464 if (flavor == 0) | |
4465 { | |
838 | 4466 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
9 | 4467 if (error != noErr) |
4468 return; | |
4469 | |
838 | 4470 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
9 | 4471 if (error != noErr) |
4472 return; | |
4473 } | |
4474 | |
4475 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
593 | 4476 |
838 | 4477 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
4478 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
4479 | |
16768
695d9ef00b03
patch 8.1.1386: unessesary type casts for lalloc()
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16162
diff
changeset
|
4480 /* tempclip = alloc(scrapSize+1); */ |
838 | 4481 HLock(textOfClip); |
4482 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
4483 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
4484 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
4485 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
4486 | |
4487 if (flavor) | |
4488 type = **textOfClip; | |
4489 else | |
2896 | 4490 type = MAUTO; |
838 | 4491 |
16768
695d9ef00b03
patch 8.1.1386: unessesary type casts for lalloc()
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16162
diff
changeset
|
4492 tempclip = alloc(scrapSize + 1); |
838 | 4493 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); |
4494 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
7 | 4495 |
766 | 4496 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
838 | 4497 { |
168 | 4498 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
4499 size_t encLen = 0; | |
4500 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
838 | 4501 |
4502 if (to != NULL) | |
7 | 4503 { |
168 | 4504 scrapSize = encLen; |
4505 vim_free(tempclip); | |
4506 tempclip = to; | |
7 | 4507 } |
838 | 4508 } |
7 | 4509 #endif |
502 | 4510 |
838 | 4511 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
4512 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
4513 { | |
4514 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
4515 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
4516 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
7 | 4517 } |
838 | 4518 |
4519 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
4520 | |
4521 vim_free(tempclip); | |
4522 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
4523 | |
4524 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
7 | 4525 } |
4526 | |
4527 void | |
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4528 clip_mch_lose_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
7 | 4529 { |
4530 /* | |
4531 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
4532 */ | |
4533 } | |
4534 | |
4535 int | |
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4536 clip_mch_own_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
7 | 4537 { |
4538 return OK; | |
4539 } | |
4540 | |
4541 /* | |
4542 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
4543 */ | |
4544 void | |
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4545 clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
7 | 4546 { |
4547 Handle textOfClip; | |
4548 long scrapSize; | |
4549 int type; | |
4550 ScrapRef scrap; | |
4551 | |
4552 char_u *str = NULL; | |
4553 | |
4554 if (!cbd->owned) | |
4555 return; | |
4556 | |
4557 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
4558 | |
4559 /* | |
4560 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
4561 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
4562 */ | |
4563 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
4564 | |
838 | 4565 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
7 | 4566 |
766 | 4567 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
168 | 4568 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
4569 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
4570 if (to) | |
7 | 4571 { |
168 | 4572 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
4573 vim_free(str); | |
4574 str = (char_u *)to; | |
7 | 4575 } |
4576 #endif | |
4577 | |
4578 if (type >= 0) | |
4579 { | |
4580 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
593 | 4581 |
9 | 4582 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
7 | 4583 HLock(textOfClip); |
4584 | |
9 | 4585 **textOfClip = type; |
168 | 4586 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
9 | 4587 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
838 | 4588 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
9 | 4589 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
4590 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
4591 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
7 | 4592 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
4593 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
4594 } | |
4595 | |
4596 vim_free(str); | |
4597 } | |
4598 | |
4599 void | |
593 | 4600 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
7 | 4601 { |
4602 Rect VimBound; | |
4603 | |
9 | 4604 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
7 | 4605 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
4606 | |
4607 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
4608 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
4609 else | |
4610 VimBound.left = 0; | |
4611 | |
4612 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
4613 | |
9 | 4614 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
7 | 4615 } |
4616 | |
4617 /* | |
4618 * Menu stuff. | |
4619 */ | |
4620 | |
4621 void | |
593 | 4622 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
7 | 4623 { |
4624 /* | |
444 | 4625 * Menu is always active. |
7 | 4626 */ |
4627 } | |
4628 | |
4629 void | |
593 | 4630 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
7 | 4631 { |
4632 /* | |
444 | 4633 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
7 | 4634 */ |
4635 } | |
4636 | |
4637 /* | |
4638 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
4639 */ | |
4640 void | |
593 | 4641 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
7 | 4642 { |
4643 /* | |
4644 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
4645 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
4646 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
4647 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
4648 */ | |
4649 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
4650 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
168 | 4651 CFStringRef name; |
7 | 4652 short index; |
4653 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
4654 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
4655 | |
4656 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
4657 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
4658 return; | |
4659 | |
4660 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
4661 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
4662 return; | |
4663 | |
4664 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
4665 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
4666 brother = brother->next; | |
4667 | |
4668 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
4669 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
4670 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
4671 | |
4672 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
4673 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
4674 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
4675 | |
4676 /* Convert the name */ | |
766 | 4677 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
168 | 4678 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
4679 #else | |
7 | 4680 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
168 | 4681 #endif |
7 | 4682 if (name == NULL) |
4683 return; | |
4684 | |
4685 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
4686 { | |
4687 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
9 | 4688 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
4689 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
7 | 4690 */ |
4691 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
168 | 4692 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
4693 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
7 | 4694 next_avail_id++; |
4695 } | |
4696 | |
4697 if (parent == NULL) | |
4698 { | |
4699 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
4700 | |
4701 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
4702 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
4703 */ | |
4704 | |
593 | 4705 /* Insert the menu */ |
4706 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
7 | 4707 #if 1 |
4708 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
4709 DrawMenuBar(); | |
4710 #endif | |
4711 } | |
4712 else | |
4713 { | |
4714 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
4715 | |
9 | 4716 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
7 | 4717 |
4718 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
4719 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
4720 */ | |
4721 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
168 | 4722 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
7 | 4723 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
4724 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
4725 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
4726 } | |
4727 | |
168 | 4728 CFRelease(name); |
7 | 4729 |
4730 #if 0 | |
4731 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
4732 DrawMenuBar(); | |
4733 #endif | |
4734 } | |
4735 | |
4736 /* | |
4737 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
4738 */ | |
4739 void | |
593 | 4740 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
7 | 4741 { |
168 | 4742 CFStringRef name; |
7 | 4743 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
4744 int menu_inserted; | |
4745 | |
4746 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
4747 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
4748 return; | |
4749 | |
4750 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
4751 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
4752 | |
4753 /* Convert the name */ | |
766 | 4754 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
168 | 4755 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
4756 #else | |
7 | 4757 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
168 | 4758 #endif |
7 | 4759 |
4760 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
4761 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
4762 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
4763 | |
4764 menu_inserted = 0; | |
4765 if (menu->actext) | |
4766 { | |
4767 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
4768 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
4769 * item's command equivalent. | |
4770 */ | |
4771 int key = 0; | |
4772 int modifiers = 0; | |
4773 char_u *p_actext; | |
4774 | |
4775 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
18301
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
4776 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, |
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
4777 TRUE, NULL); |
7 | 4778 if (*p_actext != 0) |
4779 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
4780 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
4781 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
4782 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
4783 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
4784 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
4785 * character plus modifiers. | |
4786 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
4787 * apply modifiers. | |
4788 */ | |
4789 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
4790 { | |
4791 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
4792 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
4793 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
4794 */ | |
4795 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
4796 key += '@'; | |
4797 } | |
4798 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
4799 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
4800 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
4801 */ | |
4802 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
4803 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
4804 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
4805 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
4806 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
4807 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
4808 { | |
4809 int valid = 1; | |
4810 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
4811 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
4812 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
4813 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
4814 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
4815 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
4816 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
4817 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
4818 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
4819 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
4820 if (valid) | |
4821 { | |
4822 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
4823 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
4824 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
4825 item_txt[3] = key; | |
4826 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
4827 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
4828 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
4829 menu_inserted = 1; | |
4830 } | |
4831 } | |
4832 } | |
4833 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
4834 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
4835 */ | |
4836 if (!menu_inserted) | |
4837 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
4838 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
168 | 4839 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
7 | 4840 |
4841 #if 0 | |
4842 /* Called by Vim */ | |
4843 DrawMenuBar(); | |
4844 #endif | |
4845 | |
168 | 4846 CFRelease(name); |
7 | 4847 } |
4848 | |
4849 void | |
593 | 4850 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
7 | 4851 { |
4852 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
4853 } | |
4854 | |
4855 /* | |
4856 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
4857 */ | |
4858 void | |
593 | 4859 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
7 | 4860 { |
9 | 4861 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
7 | 4862 |
4863 if (index > 0) | |
4864 { | |
4865 if (menu->parent) | |
4866 { | |
4867 { | |
4868 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
9 | 4869 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
7 | 4870 |
4871 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
4872 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
4873 { | |
9 | 4874 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
4875 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
7 | 4876 } |
4877 } | |
4878 } | |
4879 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
4880 else | |
4881 { | |
9 | 4882 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
7 | 4883 } |
4884 #endif | |
4885 } | |
4886 else | |
4887 { | |
4888 { | |
9 | 4889 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
4890 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
7 | 4891 } |
4892 } | |
4893 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
4894 DrawMenuBar(); | |
4895 } | |
4896 | |
4897 /* | |
4898 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
4899 */ | |
4900 void | |
593 | 4901 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
7 | 4902 { |
4903 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
9 | 4904 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
7 | 4905 /* |
4906 index = menu->index; | |
4907 */ | |
4908 if (grey) | |
4909 { | |
4910 if (menu->children) | |
4911 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
4912 if (menu->parent) | |
4913 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
4914 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
4915 } | |
4916 else | |
4917 { | |
4918 if (menu->children) | |
4919 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
4920 if (menu->parent) | |
4921 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
4922 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
4923 } | |
4924 } | |
4925 | |
4926 /* | |
4927 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
4928 */ | |
4929 void | |
593 | 4930 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
7 | 4931 { |
4932 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
9 | 4933 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
7 | 4934 } |
4935 | |
4936 | |
4937 /* | |
4938 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
4939 */ | |
4940 void | |
593 | 4941 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
7 | 4942 { |
4943 DrawMenuBar(); | |
4944 } | |
4945 | |
4946 | |
4947 /* | |
4948 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
4949 */ | |
4950 | |
4951 void | |
593 | 4952 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
4953 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
4954 int flag) | |
7 | 4955 { |
4956 if (flag) | |
4957 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
4958 else | |
4959 HideControl(sb->id); | |
4960 | |
4961 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
9 | 4962 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
7 | 4963 #endif |
4964 } | |
4965 | |
4966 void | |
593 | 4967 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
4968 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
4969 long val, | |
4970 long size, | |
4971 long max) | |
7 | 4972 { |
4973 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
4974 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
4975 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
1107 | 4976 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
7 | 4977 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
9199
665d10cb3e6b
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ea0345901cc2af29f9c5dd0d9d8a818d5f96a63b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9013
diff
changeset
|
4978 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %lx, %lx,%lx\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
7 | 4979 #endif |
4980 } | |
4981 | |
4982 void | |
593 | 4983 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
4984 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
4985 int x, | |
4986 int y, | |
4987 int w, | |
4988 int h) | |
7 | 4989 { |
4990 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
4991 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
4992 { | |
9 | 4993 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
4994 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
7 | 4995 } |
4996 else | |
4997 { | |
9 | 4998 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
4999 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
7 | 5000 }*/ |
5001 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
5002 h += 1; | |
5003 else | |
5004 w += 1; | |
5005 | |
5006 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
5007 x -= 15; | |
5008 | |
9 | 5009 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
5010 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
7 | 5011 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
9 | 5012 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
7 | 5013 #endif |
5014 } | |
5015 | |
5016 void | |
593 | 5017 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
5018 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
5019 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
7 | 5020 { |
5021 Rect bounds; | |
5022 | |
5023 bounds.top = -16; | |
5024 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
5025 bounds.right = -10; | |
5026 bounds.left = -16; | |
5027 | |
9 | 5028 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
7 | 5029 &bounds, |
5030 "\pScrollBar", | |
5031 TRUE, | |
5032 0, /* current*/ | |
5033 0, /* top */ | |
5034 0, /* bottom */ | |
5035 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
5036 (long) sb->ident); | |
5037 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
9 | 5038 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
7 | 5039 #endif |
5040 } | |
5041 | |
5042 void | |
593 | 5043 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
7 | 5044 { |
5045 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
9 | 5046 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
7 | 5047 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
9 | 5048 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
7 | 5049 #endif |
5050 } | |
5051 | |
9213
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5052 int |
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5053 gui_mch_is_blinking(void) |
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5054 { |
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5055 return FALSE; |
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5056 } |
7 | 5057 |
9428
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5058 int |
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5059 gui_mch_is_blink_off(void) |
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5060 { |
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5061 return FALSE; |
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5062 } |
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5063 |
7 | 5064 /* |
5065 * Cursor blink functions. | |
5066 * | |
5067 * This is a simple state machine: | |
5068 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
5069 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
5070 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
5071 */ | |
5072 void | |
5073 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
5074 { | |
5075 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
5076 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
5077 blink_ontime = on; | |
5078 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
5079 } | |
5080 | |
5081 /* | |
5082 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
5083 */ | |
5084 void | |
13152
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5085 gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5086 { |
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5087 if (may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5088 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
7 | 5089 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ |
5090 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
5091 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
5092 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
5093 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
5094 } | |
5095 | |
5096 /* | |
5097 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
5098 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
5099 */ | |
5100 void | |
593 | 5101 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
7 | 5102 { |
5103 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
5104 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
5105 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
5106 | |
5107 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
5108 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
5109 { | |
5110 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
5111 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
5112 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
5113 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
5114 }*/ | |
5115 } | |
5116 | |
5117 /* | |
5118 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
5119 */ | |
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5120 guicolor_T |
7 | 5121 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) |
5122 { | |
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5123 return (guicolor_T)((Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel)); |
7 | 5124 } |
5125 | |
5126 | |
5127 | |
5128 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
5129 /* | |
5130 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
5131 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
5132 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
5133 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
5134 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
5135 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
5136 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
5137 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
5138 * Has a format like this: | |
5139 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
5140 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
5141 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
5142 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
5143 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
5144 * | |
5145 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
5146 */ | |
5147 char_u * | |
5148 gui_mch_browse( | |
5149 int saving, | |
5150 char_u *title, | |
5151 char_u *dflt, | |
5152 char_u *ext, | |
5153 char_u *initdir, | |
5154 char_u *filter) | |
5155 { | |
4352 | 5156 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety check (Dany) */ |
7 | 5157 NavReplyRecord reply; |
5158 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
5159 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
5160 long numFiles; | |
5161 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
5162 OSErr error; | |
5163 | |
5164 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
9 | 5165 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
7 | 5166 |
5167 | |
5168 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
5169 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
5170 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
5171 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
5172 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
5173 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
5174 | |
9 | 5175 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
5176 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
7 | 5177 /* Could set clientName? |
5178 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
5179 */ | |
5180 | |
5181 if (saving) | |
5182 { | |
5183 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
9 | 5184 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
7 | 5185 if (!reply.validRecord) |
5186 return NULL; | |
5187 } | |
5188 else | |
5189 { | |
5190 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
5191 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
5192 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
5193 return NULL; | |
5194 } | |
5195 | |
5196 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
5197 | |
9 | 5198 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
7 | 5199 |
5200 if (fnames) | |
5201 { | |
5202 fname = fnames[0]; | |
5203 vim_free(fnames); | |
5204 } | |
5205 | |
5206 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
5207 return fname; | |
5208 } | |
5209 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
5210 | |
5211 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
5212 /* | |
5213 * Stuff for dialogues | |
5214 */ | |
5215 | |
5216 /* | |
5217 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
5218 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
5219 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
5220 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
5221 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
5222 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
5223 * | |
5224 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
5225 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
5226 * | |
5227 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
5228 * -1 for unexpected error | |
5229 * | |
5230 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
5231 */ | |
5232 | |
5233 typedef struct | |
5234 { | |
5235 short idx; | |
5236 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
5237 Rect box; | |
5238 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
5239 | |
5240 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
5241 | |
5242 static void | |
5243 macMoveDialogItem( | |
5244 DialogRef theDialog, | |
5245 short itemNumber, | |
5246 short X, | |
5247 short Y, | |
5248 Rect *inBox) | |
5249 { | |
5250 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
5251 /* Untested */ | |
9 | 5252 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
7 | 5253 if (inBox != nil) |
9 | 5254 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
7 | 5255 #else |
5256 short itemType; | |
5257 Handle itemHandle; | |
5258 Rect localBox; | |
5259 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
5260 | |
5261 if (inBox != nil) | |
5262 itemBox = inBox; | |
5263 | |
9 | 5264 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
5265 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
5266 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
7 | 5267 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
5268 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
5269 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
9 | 5270 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
5271 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
7 | 5272 #endif |
5273 } | |
5274 | |
5275 static void | |
5276 macSizeDialogItem( | |
5277 DialogRef theDialog, | |
5278 short itemNumber, | |
5279 short width, | |
5280 short height) | |
5281 { | |
5282 short itemType; | |
5283 Handle itemHandle; | |
5284 Rect itemBox; | |
5285 | |
9 | 5286 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
7 | 5287 |
5288 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
5289 if (width == 0) | |
5290 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
5291 if (height == 0) | |
5292 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
5293 | |
5294 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
9 | 5295 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
7 | 5296 #else |
5297 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
5298 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
5299 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
5300 | |
5301 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
5302 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
5303 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
9 | 5304 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
7 | 5305 |
5306 /* Configure back the item */ | |
9 | 5307 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
7 | 5308 #endif |
5309 } | |
5310 | |
5311 static void | |
5312 macSetDialogItemText( | |
5313 DialogRef theDialog, | |
5314 short itemNumber, | |
5315 Str255 itemName) | |
5316 { | |
5317 short itemType; | |
5318 Handle itemHandle; | |
5319 Rect itemBox; | |
5320 | |
9 | 5321 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
7 | 5322 |
5323 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
9 | 5324 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
7 | 5325 else |
9 | 5326 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
7 | 5327 } |
5328 | |
1572 | 5329 |
5330 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
5331 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
5332 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
5333 */ | |
5334 static pascal Boolean | |
5335 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
5336 DialogRef theDialog, | |
5337 EventRecord *event, | |
5338 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
5339 { | |
5340 char_u keyHit; | |
5341 | |
5342 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
5343 { | |
5344 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
5345 | |
5346 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
5347 { | |
5348 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
5349 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
5350 #endif | |
5351 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
5352 | |
5353 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
5354 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
5355 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
5356 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
5357 * fast to be seen). | |
5358 */ | |
5359 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
5360 | |
5361 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
5362 } | |
5363 | |
5364 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
5365 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
5366 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
5367 } | |
5368 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
5369 } | |
5370 | |
5371 | |
593 | 5372 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
5373 * (Jussi) | |
5374 */ | |
7 | 5375 int |
5376 gui_mch_dialog( | |
5377 int type, | |
5378 char_u *title, | |
5379 char_u *message, | |
5380 char_u *buttons, | |
5381 int dfltbutton, | |
2684 | 5382 char_u *textfield, |
5383 int ex_cmd) | |
7 | 5384 { |
5385 Handle buttonDITL; | |
5386 Handle iconDITL; | |
5387 Handle inputDITL; | |
5388 Handle messageDITL; | |
5389 Handle itemHandle; | |
5390 Handle iconHandle; | |
5391 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
5392 char_u len; | |
5393 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
5394 char_u name[256]; | |
5395 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
5396 short itemHit; | |
5397 char_u *buttonChar; | |
1572 | 5398 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
5399 char_u aHotKey; | |
7 | 5400 Rect box; |
5401 short button; | |
5402 short lastButton; | |
5403 short itemType; | |
5404 short useIcon; | |
5405 short width; | |
1377 | 5406 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
1212 | 5407 including spacing */ |
7 | 5408 short widestButton = 0; |
5409 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
5410 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
5411 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
5412 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
5413 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
5414 | |
5415 short vertical; | |
5416 short dialogHeight; | |
5417 short messageLines = 3; | |
5418 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
5419 | |
5420 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
5421 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
5422 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
5423 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
5424 | |
5425 WindowRef theWindow; | |
5426 | |
1572 | 5427 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
5428 | |
7 | 5429 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
5430 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
5431 | |
5432 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
9 | 5433 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
7 | 5434 |
5435 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
5436 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
5437 | |
5438 /* Hide the window. | |
5439 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
5440 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
5441 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
5442 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
5443 */ | |
9 | 5444 HideWindow(theWindow); |
7 | 5445 |
5446 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
5447 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
9 | 5448 GetPort(&oldPort); |
5449 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
7 | 5450 |
5451 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
5452 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
5453 * and of the text field */ | |
5454 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
5455 | |
5456 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
5457 if (title != NULL) | |
5458 { | |
9 | 5459 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
5460 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
7 | 5461 } |
5462 | |
5463 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
9 | 5464 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
7 | 5465 buttonChar = buttons; |
5466 button = 0; | |
5467 | |
1572 | 5468 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5469 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
1572 | 5470 |
7 | 5471 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
5472 { | |
5473 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
5474 button++; | |
5475 len = 0; | |
5476 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
5477 { | |
5478 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
5479 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
1572 | 5480 else |
5481 { | |
5482 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
5483 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
5484 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
5485 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
5486 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
5487 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
5488 #endif | |
5489 } | |
7 | 5490 } |
1572 | 5491 |
7 | 5492 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
5493 buttonChar++; | |
5494 name[0] = len; | |
5495 | |
5496 /* Add the button */ | |
9 | 5497 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
7 | 5498 |
5499 /* Change the button's name */ | |
9 | 5500 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
7 | 5501 |
5502 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
9 | 5503 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
4352 | 5504 /* Limit the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
7 | 5505 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ |
5506 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
5507 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
9 | 5508 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
7 | 5509 |
5510 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
5511 | |
5512 if (width > widestButton) | |
5513 widestButton = width; | |
5514 } | |
9 | 5515 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
7 | 5516 lastButton = button; |
5517 | |
5518 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
5519 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
9 | 5520 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
7 | 5521 switch (type) |
5522 { | |
2585 | 5523 case VIM_GENERIC: |
5524 case VIM_INFO: | |
5525 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
5526 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
5527 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
3935 | 5528 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; |
2585 | 5529 } |
9 | 5530 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
5531 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
5532 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
7 | 5533 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
9 | 5534 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
5535 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
7 | 5536 |
5537 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
5538 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
9 | 5539 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
5540 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
5541 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
5542 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
5543 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
5544 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
5545 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
7 | 5546 |
5547 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
5548 if (textfield != NULL) | |
5549 { | |
857 | 5550 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
7 | 5551 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
9 | 5552 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
5553 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
5554 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
5555 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
5556 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
5557 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
5558 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
5559 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
1572 | 5560 |
5561 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
5562 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
7 | 5563 } |
1572 | 5564 else |
5565 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
5566 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
7 | 5567 |
5568 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
9 | 5569 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
5570 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
7 | 5571 |
5572 /* Reposition element */ | |
5573 | |
5574 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
5575 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
5576 vertical = TRUE; | |
5577 | |
5578 /* Place icon */ | |
9 | 5579 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
7 | 5580 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
5581 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
5582 | |
5583 /* Place Message */ | |
5584 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
9 | 5585 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
5586 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
7 | 5587 |
5588 /* Place Input */ | |
5589 if (textfield != NULL) | |
5590 { | |
5591 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
5592 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
9 | 5593 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
5594 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
7 | 5595 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
5596 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
9 | 5597 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
5598 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
7 | 5599 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
5600 } | |
5601 | |
5602 /* Place Button */ | |
5603 if (textfield != NULL) | |
5604 { | |
5605 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
5606 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
5607 } | |
5608 else | |
5609 { | |
5610 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
5611 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
5612 } | |
5613 | |
5614 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
5615 { | |
5616 | |
9 | 5617 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
1377 | 5618 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
7 | 5619 if (vertical) |
5620 { | |
9 | 5621 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
5622 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
7 | 5623 } |
5624 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
5625 if (vertical) | |
5626 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
5627 else | |
5628 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
5629 } | |
5630 | |
5631 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
5632 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
5633 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
5634 | |
5635 /* Magic resize */ | |
9 | 5636 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
7 | 5637 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
5638 | |
5639 /* Display it */ | |
5640 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
5641 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
5642 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
5643 | |
9 | 5644 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
7 | 5645 #if 0 |
9 | 5646 GetPort(&oldPort); |
5647 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
7 | 5648 #endif |
5649 | |
857 | 5650 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
5651 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
5652 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
5653 #endif | |
5654 | |
1572 | 5655 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
5656 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
5657 | |
7 | 5658 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
5659 do | |
1572 | 5660 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
16162
cd5c83115ec6
patch 8.1.1086: too many curly braces
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15967
diff
changeset
|
5661 while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
7 | 5662 |
857 | 5663 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
5664 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
5665 #endif | |
5666 | |
7 | 5667 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
5668 if (textfield != NULL) | |
5669 { | |
9 | 5670 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
5671 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
7 | 5672 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
5673 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
5674 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
5675 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
5676 #endif | |
418 | 5677 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
7 | 5678 } |
5679 | |
5680 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
9 | 5681 SetPort(oldPort); |
7 | 5682 |
1572 | 5683 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
5684 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
5685 | |
4352 | 5686 /* Get ride of the dialog (free memory) */ |
9 | 5687 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
7 | 5688 |
5689 return itemHit; | |
5690 /* | |
2585 | 5691 * Useful thing which could be used |
7 | 5692 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
5693 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
5694 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
5695 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
1373 | 5696 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
7 | 5697 */ |
5698 } | |
5699 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
5700 | |
5701 /* | |
5702 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
5703 */ | |
5704 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
5705 void | |
593 | 5706 display_errors(void) |
7 | 5707 { |
5708 char *p; | |
5709 char_u pError[256]; | |
5710 | |
593 | 5711 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
5712 return; | |
5713 | |
5714 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
5715 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
5716 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
5717 { | |
5718 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
5719 pError[0] = 255; | |
5720 else | |
5721 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
5722 | |
5723 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
5724 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
5725 Alert(128, nil); | |
5726 break; | |
5727 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
5728 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
5729 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
5730 */ | |
5731 } | |
5732 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
7 | 5733 } |
5734 #endif | |
5735 | |
5736 /* | |
87 | 5737 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
7 | 5738 */ |
95 | 5739 void |
5740 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
7 | 5741 { |
5742 Point where; | |
5743 | |
5744 GetMouse(&where); | |
5745 | |
87 | 5746 *x = where.h; |
5747 *y = where.v; | |
7 | 5748 } |
5749 | |
5750 void | |
593 | 5751 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
7 | 5752 { |
5753 /* TODO */ | |
5754 #if 0 | |
5755 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
5756 | |
5757 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
5758 Point where; | |
5759 | |
9 | 5760 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
5761 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
7 | 5762 { |
5763 /* New way */ | |
5764 | |
5765 /* | |
4352 | 5766 * Get first device with one button. |
5767 * This will probably be the standard mouse | |
5768 * start at head of cursor dev list | |
7 | 5769 * |
5770 */ | |
5771 | |
5772 myMouse = nil; | |
5773 | |
5774 do | |
5775 { | |
5776 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
5777 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
5778 } | |
9 | 5779 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
5780 | |
5781 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
7 | 5782 } |
5783 else | |
5784 { | |
5785 /* Old way */ | |
5786 where.h = x; | |
5787 where.v = y; | |
5788 | |
5789 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
5790 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
5791 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
5792 } | |
5793 #endif | |
5794 } | |
5795 | |
5796 void | |
593 | 5797 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
7 | 5798 { |
5799 /* | |
5800 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
5801 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
5802 * Call the procedure | |
5803 */ | |
5804 | |
5805 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
5806 Point where; | |
5807 OSStatus status; | |
5808 UInt32 CntxType; | |
5809 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
5810 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
5811 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
5812 GrafPtr savePort; | |
5813 | |
5814 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
9 | 5815 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
5816 | |
5817 GetMouse(&where); | |
5818 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
7 | 5819 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
5820 | |
5821 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
5822 | |
5823 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
1089 | 5824 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
1012 | 5825 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
7 | 5826 |
5827 if (status == noErr) | |
5828 { | |
5829 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
5830 { | |
5831 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
5832 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
1012 | 5833 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
5834 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
9 | 5835 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
7 | 5836 } |
5837 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
5838 { | |
5839 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
5840 } | |
5841 } | |
5842 | |
5843 /* Restore original Port */ | |
9 | 5844 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
7 | 5845 } |
5846 | |
5847 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
5848 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
5849 void | |
5850 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
5851 { | |
9 | 5852 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
5853 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
7 | 5854 } |
5855 #endif | |
5856 | |
5857 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
5858 /* | |
5859 * Set the window title and icon. | |
5860 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
5861 */ | |
5862 void | |
593 | 5863 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
7 | 5864 { |
5865 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
5866 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
5867 */ | |
766 | 5868 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
168 | 5869 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
5870 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
5871 #else | |
7 | 5872 char_u *pascalTitle; |
168 | 5873 #endif |
7 | 5874 |
5875 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
5876 return; | |
5877 | |
766 | 5878 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
168 | 5879 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
1621 | 5880 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
168 | 5881 |
5882 if (windowTitle) | |
5883 { | |
5884 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
5885 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
5886 } | |
5887 #else | |
7 | 5888 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
5889 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
5890 { | |
5891 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
5892 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
5893 } | |
168 | 5894 #endif |
7 | 5895 } |
5896 #endif | |
5897 | |
5898 /* | |
2585 | 5899 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
7 | 5900 */ |
5901 | |
5902 int | |
593 | 5903 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
7 | 5904 { |
5905 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
5906 int len; | |
5907 int i; | |
5908 | |
5909 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
5910 if (CString == NULL) | |
5911 return 0; | |
5912 | |
5913 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
5914 if (len > 255) | |
5915 len = 255; | |
5916 | |
5917 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
5918 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
5919 | |
5920 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
5921 | |
5922 return 0; | |
5923 } | |
5924 | |
5925 int | |
593 | 5926 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
7 | 5927 { |
5928 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
5929 Str255 filePascal; | |
5930 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
5931 OSErr err; | |
5932 | |
9 | 5933 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
7 | 5934 |
5935 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
5936 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
5937 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
5938 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
5939 | |
9 | 5940 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
7 | 5941 |
5942 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
9 | 5943 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
7 | 5944 |
5945 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
5946 return 0; | |
5947 } | |
5948 | |
5949 /* | |
4352 | 5950 * Convert a FSSpec to a full path |
7 | 5951 */ |
5952 | |
9 | 5953 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
7 | 5954 { |
5955 /* | |
5956 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
5957 */ | |
5958 | |
5959 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
5960 char_u fname[256]; | |
5961 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
5962 OSErr error; | |
5963 int folder = 1; | |
5964 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
5965 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
5966 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
5967 FSRef refFile; | |
5968 OSStatus status; | |
5969 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
5970 char_u pathname[256]; | |
5971 char_u *path = pathname; | |
5972 #else | |
5973 Str255 directoryName; | |
5974 char_u temporary[255]; | |
5975 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
5976 #endif | |
5977 | |
5978 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
5979 /* Get the default volume */ | |
5980 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
9 | 5981 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
7 | 5982 |
5983 if (error) | |
5984 return NULL; | |
5985 #endif | |
5986 | |
5987 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
418 | 5988 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
7 | 5989 |
5990 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
5991 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
5992 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
5993 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
1106 | 5994 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
7 | 5995 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
5996 | |
5997 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
5998 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
9 | 5999 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
7 | 6000 |
6001 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
6002 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
6003 return NULL; | |
6004 | |
6005 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
6006 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
6007 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
6008 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
6009 else | |
6010 folder = 1; | |
6011 | |
6012 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
6013 /* | |
4352 | 6014 * The functions used here are available in Carbon, but do nothing on |
6015 * MacOS 8 and 9. | |
7 | 6016 */ |
6017 if (error == fnfErr) | |
6018 { | |
6019 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
6020 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
6021 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
6022 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
6023 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
6024 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
6025 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
6026 FSRef dirRef; | |
6027 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
6028 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
6029 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
6030 if (error) | |
6031 return NULL; | |
6032 | |
6033 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
6034 if (error) | |
6035 return NULL; | |
6036 | |
6037 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
6038 if (status) | |
6039 return NULL; | |
6040 | |
6041 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
6042 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
6043 } | |
6044 else | |
6045 { | |
6046 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
6047 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
9 | 6048 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
7 | 6049 if (error) |
6050 return NULL; | |
6051 | |
9 | 6052 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
7 | 6053 if (status) |
6054 return NULL; | |
6055 } | |
6056 | |
6057 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
6058 if (folder) | |
9 | 6059 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
6060 | |
6061 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
7 | 6062 #else |
6063 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
6064 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
6065 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
6066 | |
6067 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
6068 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
6069 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
6070 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
6071 | |
9 | 6072 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
7 | 6073 do |
6074 { | |
6075 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
6076 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
6077 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
1212 | 6078 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
7 | 6079 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
6080 | |
6081 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
6082 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
9 | 6083 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
7 | 6084 |
6085 if (error) | |
6086 return NULL; | |
6087 | |
6088 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
6089 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
418 | 6090 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
7 | 6091 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
6092 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
6093 } | |
6094 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
6095 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
6096 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
6097 #else | |
6098 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
6099 #endif | |
6100 | |
6101 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
6102 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
6103 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
6104 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
1212 | 6105 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
7 | 6106 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
6107 | |
6108 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
6109 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
9 | 6110 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
7 | 6111 |
6112 if (error) | |
6113 return NULL; | |
6114 | |
6115 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
6116 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
1212 | 6117 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
7 | 6118 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
6119 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
6120 #endif | |
6121 { | |
6122 /* Add the volume name */ | |
6123 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
418 | 6124 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
7 | 6125 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
6126 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
6127 | |
6128 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
6129 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
6130 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
6131 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
6132 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
6133 #endif | |
6134 } | |
6135 | |
6136 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
6137 if (folder) | |
9 | 6138 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
7 | 6139 |
6140 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
6141 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
6142 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
6143 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
6144 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
6145 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
6146 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
6147 { | |
6148 char *p; | |
6149 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
6150 if (*p == ':') | |
6151 *p = '/'; | |
6152 } | |
6153 #endif | |
6154 | |
9 | 6155 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
7 | 6156 #endif |
6157 } | |
6158 | |
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6159 #if defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 6160 /* |
6161 * Input Method Control functions. | |
6162 */ | |
6163 | |
6164 /* | |
6165 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
6166 */ | |
6167 void | |
6168 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
6169 { | |
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6170 # if 0 |
7 | 6171 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
1562 | 6172 im_start_row = row; |
6173 im_start_col = col; | |
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6174 # endif |
1562 | 6175 } |
6176 | |
6177 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
6178 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
6179 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
6180 | |
6181 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
6182 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
6183 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
6184 | |
6185 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
6186 | |
6187 static void | |
6188 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
6189 { | |
6190 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
6191 OSStatus err; | |
6192 | |
6193 if (! gui.in_use) | |
6194 return; | |
6195 | |
6196 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
6197 { | |
6198 im_initialized = 1; | |
6199 | |
6200 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
6201 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
6202 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
6203 } | |
6204 | |
6205 if (active == TRUE) | |
6206 { | |
6207 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
6208 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
6209 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
6210 | |
6211 if (slptr) | |
6212 { | |
6213 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
6214 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
6215 if (err == noErr) | |
6216 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
6217 | |
6218 if (err == noErr) | |
6219 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
6220 } | |
6221 } | |
6222 else | |
6223 { | |
6224 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
6225 if (err == noErr) | |
6226 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
6227 | |
6228 if (slptr) | |
6229 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
6230 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
6231 | |
6232 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
6233 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
6234 } | |
7 | 6235 } |
6236 | |
6237 /* | |
6238 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
6239 */ | |
6240 void | |
6241 im_set_active(int active) | |
6242 { | |
1562 | 6243 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
6244 OSStatus err; | |
6245 | |
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6246 if (!gui.in_use) |
1562 | 6247 return; |
6248 | |
6249 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
6250 { | |
6251 im_initialized = 1; | |
6252 | |
6253 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
6254 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
6255 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
6256 } | |
6257 | |
6258 if (active == TRUE) | |
6259 { | |
6260 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
6261 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
6262 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
6263 | |
6264 if (slptr) | |
6265 { | |
6266 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
6267 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
6268 if (err == noErr) | |
6269 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
6270 | |
6271 if (err == noErr) | |
6272 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
6273 } | |
6274 } | |
6275 else | |
6276 { | |
6277 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
6278 if (err == noErr) | |
6279 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
6280 | |
6281 if (slptr) | |
6282 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
6283 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
6284 | |
6285 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
6286 * enter commands easier */ | |
6287 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
6288 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
6289 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
6290 | |
6291 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
6292 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
6293 } | |
7 | 6294 } |
6295 | |
6296 /* | |
6297 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
6298 */ | |
6299 int | |
593 | 6300 im_get_status(void) |
7 | 6301 { |
1562 | 6302 if (! gui.in_use) |
6303 return 0; | |
6304 | |
6305 return im_is_active; | |
7 | 6306 } |
1106 | 6307 |
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6308 #endif |
1106 | 6309 |
6310 | |
6311 | |
6312 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
6313 // drawer implementation | |
6314 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
6315 enum | |
6316 { | |
8269
553a4c8dd796
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43acbce1bb0a33edc67496b220cae629ad95d2d8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7821
diff
changeset
|
6317 kTabContextMenuId = 42 |
1106 | 6318 }; |
6319 | |
6320 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
6321 static CFStringRef | |
6322 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
6323 { | |
6324 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
6325 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
1621 | 6326 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
1106 | 6327 #else |
6328 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
6329 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
6330 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
6331 #endif | |
6332 } | |
6333 | |
6334 | |
6335 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
6336 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
6337 | |
6338 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
6339 | |
6340 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
2585 | 6341 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
4352 | 6342 // and because of this, the tab labels and vim's internal tabs are out of sync |
1106 | 6343 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels |
6344 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
6345 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
6346 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
6347 | |
6348 enum | |
6349 { | |
6350 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
6351 }; | |
6352 | |
6353 static int | |
6354 getTabCount(void) | |
6355 { | |
6356 tabpage_T *tp; | |
6357 int numTabs = 0; | |
6358 | |
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
6359 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) |
1562 | 6360 ++numTabs; |
1106 | 6361 return numTabs; |
6362 } | |
6363 | |
6364 // data browser item display callback | |
6365 static OSStatus | |
6366 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
6367 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
1562 | 6368 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
6369 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
1106 | 6370 Boolean changeValue) |
6371 { | |
6372 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
6373 | |
6374 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
6375 | |
4352 | 6376 // changeValue is true if we have a modifiable list and data was changed. |
1106 | 6377 // In our case, it's always false. |
6378 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
6379 // internalData(); | |
6380 if (!changeValue) | |
6381 { | |
6382 CFStringRef str; | |
6383 | |
6384 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
6385 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
6386 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
6387 } | |
6388 else | |
6389 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
6390 | |
6391 return status; | |
6392 } | |
6393 | |
6394 // data browser action callback | |
6395 static void | |
6396 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
6397 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
6398 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
6399 { | |
6400 switch (message) | |
6401 { | |
6402 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
6403 send_tabline_event(item); | |
6404 break; | |
6405 } | |
6406 } | |
6407 | |
6408 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
6409 static void | |
6410 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
6411 MenuRef *menu, | |
1562 | 6412 UInt32 *helpType, |
1106 | 6413 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
1562 | 6414 AEDesc *selection) |
1106 | 6415 { |
6416 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
6417 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
6418 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
6419 | |
6420 *menu = contextMenu; | |
6421 } | |
6422 | |
6423 static void | |
6424 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
6425 MenuRef menu, | |
6426 UInt32 selectionType, | |
6427 SInt16 menuID, | |
6428 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
6429 { | |
6430 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
6431 { | |
6432 MenuCommand command; | |
6433 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
6434 | |
6435 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
6436 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
6437 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
6438 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
6439 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
6440 if (items != NULL) | |
6441 { | |
6442 int numItems; | |
6443 | |
6444 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
6445 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
6446 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
6447 if (numItems > 0) | |
6448 { | |
6449 int idx; | |
6450 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
6451 | |
6452 HLock(items); | |
6453 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
6454 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
6455 HUnlock(items); | |
6456 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
6457 } | |
6458 DisposeHandle(items); | |
6459 } | |
6460 } | |
6461 } | |
6462 | |
6463 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
6464 static OSStatus | |
6465 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
6466 { | |
6467 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
6468 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
6469 | |
6470 return paramErr; | |
6471 } | |
6472 | |
6473 | |
6474 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
6475 static OSStatus | |
6476 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
6477 { | |
6478 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
6479 { | |
6480 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
6481 { | |
6482 UInt32 attribs; | |
6483 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
6484 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
6485 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
6486 { | |
6487 Rect r; | |
6488 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
6489 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
6490 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
6491 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
6492 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
6493 } | |
6494 } | |
6495 break; | |
6496 } | |
6497 | |
6498 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
6499 } | |
6500 | |
6501 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
6502 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
6503 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
6504 | |
6505 | |
6506 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
6507 | |
6508 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
6509 | |
6510 static OSStatus | |
6511 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
6512 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
6513 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
6514 { | |
6515 long osVersion; | |
6516 char *symbolName; | |
6517 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
6518 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
6519 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
6520 | |
6521 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
6522 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
6523 return noErr; | |
6524 | |
6525 // C name mangling... | |
6526 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
6527 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
6528 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
6529 return noErr; | |
6530 | |
6531 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
6532 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
6533 return noErr; // well... | |
6534 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
6535 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
6536 } | |
6537 | |
6538 static void | |
6539 initialise_tabline(void) | |
6540 { | |
6541 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
6542 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
6543 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
6544 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
6545 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
6546 | |
6547 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
6548 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
6549 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
6550 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
6551 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
6552 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
6553 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
6554 | |
6555 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
6556 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
6557 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
6558 | |
6559 | |
6560 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
6561 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
6562 &dataBrowser); | |
6563 | |
6564 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
6565 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
6566 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
6567 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
6568 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
6569 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
6570 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
6571 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
6572 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
6573 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
6574 | |
6575 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
6576 | |
6577 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
6578 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
6579 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
6580 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
6581 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
6582 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
6583 Boolean b = false; | |
6584 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
6585 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
6586 | |
6587 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
6588 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
6589 // function dynamically) | |
6590 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
6591 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
6592 | |
6593 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
6594 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
6595 NULL, NULL); | |
6596 | |
6597 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
6598 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
6599 NULL, NULL); | |
6600 | |
6601 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
6602 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
6603 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
6604 | |
6605 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
6606 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
6607 | |
6608 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
6609 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
6610 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
6611 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
6612 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
6613 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
6614 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
6615 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
6616 | |
6617 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
6618 | |
6619 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
6620 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
15134
f2972ff144ab
patch 8.1.0577: tabpage right-click menu never shows "Close tab"
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15034
diff
changeset
|
6621 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close Tab"), 0, |
1106 | 6622 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); |
6623 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
6624 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
6625 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
6626 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
6627 } | |
6628 | |
6629 | |
6630 /* | |
6631 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
6632 */ | |
6633 void | |
6634 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
6635 { | |
6636 if (showit == 0) | |
1562 | 6637 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
1106 | 6638 else |
1562 | 6639 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
1106 | 6640 } |
6641 | |
6642 /* | |
6643 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
6644 */ | |
6645 int | |
6646 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
6647 { | |
6648 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
6649 | |
6650 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
6651 } | |
6652 | |
6653 /* | |
6654 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
6655 */ | |
6656 void | |
6657 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
6658 { | |
6659 tabpage_T *tp; | |
6660 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
6661 int nr = 1; | |
6662 int curtabidx = 1; | |
6663 | |
6664 // adjust data browser | |
6665 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
6666 { | |
1562 | 6667 int i; |
6668 | |
6669 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
6670 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
6671 free(tabLabels); | |
1106 | 6672 } |
6673 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
6674 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
6675 | |
6676 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
6677 { | |
6678 if (tp == curtab) | |
6679 curtabidx = nr; | |
1562 | 6680 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
1106 | 6681 } |
6682 | |
6683 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
6684 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
6685 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
6686 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
6687 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
6688 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
6689 | |
6690 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
6691 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
6692 } | |
6693 | |
6694 /* | |
6695 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
6696 */ | |
6697 void | |
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
6698 gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr) |
1106 | 6699 { |
6700 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
6701 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
6702 | |
6703 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
6704 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
6705 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
6706 } | |
6707 | |
6708 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |